1 //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2 //
3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6 //
7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8 //
9 // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
10 // builds ASTs.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
15 #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16 
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTConcept.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTFwd.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/Availability.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ComparisonCategories.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprConcepts.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
30 #include "clang/AST/LocInfoType.h"
31 #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
32 #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
33 #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
34 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
35 #include "clang/AST/StmtOpenMP.h"
36 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
37 #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
38 #include "clang/Basic/BitmaskEnum.h"
39 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
40 #include "clang/Basic/DarwinSDKInfo.h"
41 #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
42 #include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
43 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLOptions.h"
44 #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
45 #include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h"
46 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
47 #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
48 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
49 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
50 #include "clang/Sema/CleanupInfo.h"
51 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
52 #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
53 #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
54 #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
55 #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
56 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
57 #include "clang/Sema/SemaConcept.h"
58 #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
59 #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
60 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
61 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
62 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
63 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
64 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
65 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h"
66 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
67 #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
68 #include "llvm/Frontend/OpenMP/OMPConstants.h"
69 #include <deque>
70 #include <memory>
71 #include <string>
72 #include <tuple>
73 #include <vector>
74 
75 namespace llvm {
76   class APSInt;
77   template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
78   template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
79   class SmallBitVector;
80   struct InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
81 }
82 
83 namespace clang {
84   class ADLResult;
85   class ASTConsumer;
86   class ASTContext;
87   class ASTMutationListener;
88   class ASTReader;
89   class ASTWriter;
90   class ArrayType;
91   class ParsedAttr;
92   class BindingDecl;
93   class BlockDecl;
94   class CapturedDecl;
95   class CXXBasePath;
96   class CXXBasePaths;
97   class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
98   typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
99   class CXXConstructorDecl;
100   class CXXConversionDecl;
101   class CXXDeleteExpr;
102   class CXXDestructorDecl;
103   class CXXFieldCollector;
104   class CXXMemberCallExpr;
105   class CXXMethodDecl;
106   class CXXScopeSpec;
107   class CXXTemporary;
108   class CXXTryStmt;
109   class CallExpr;
110   class ClassTemplateDecl;
111   class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
112   class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
113   class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
114   class CodeCompleteConsumer;
115   class CodeCompletionAllocator;
116   class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
117   class CodeCompletionResult;
118   class CoroutineBodyStmt;
119   class Decl;
120   class DeclAccessPair;
121   class DeclContext;
122   class DeclRefExpr;
123   class DeclaratorDecl;
124   class DeducedTemplateArgument;
125   class DependentDiagnostic;
126   class DesignatedInitExpr;
127   class Designation;
128   class EnableIfAttr;
129   class EnumConstantDecl;
130   class Expr;
131   class ExtVectorType;
132   class FormatAttr;
133   class FriendDecl;
134   class FunctionDecl;
135   class FunctionProtoType;
136   class FunctionTemplateDecl;
137   class ImplicitConversionSequence;
138   typedef MutableArrayRef<ImplicitConversionSequence> ConversionSequenceList;
139   class InitListExpr;
140   class InitializationKind;
141   class InitializationSequence;
142   class InitializedEntity;
143   class IntegerLiteral;
144   class LabelStmt;
145   class LambdaExpr;
146   class LangOptions;
147   class LocalInstantiationScope;
148   class LookupResult;
149   class MacroInfo;
150   typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath;
151   class ModuleLoader;
152   class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
153   class NamedDecl;
154   class ObjCCategoryDecl;
155   class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
156   class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
157   class ObjCContainerDecl;
158   class ObjCImplDecl;
159   class ObjCImplementationDecl;
160   class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
161   class ObjCIvarDecl;
162   template <class T> class ObjCList;
163   class ObjCMessageExpr;
164   class ObjCMethodDecl;
165   class ObjCPropertyDecl;
166   class ObjCProtocolDecl;
167   class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
168   class OMPRequiresDecl;
169   class OMPDeclareReductionDecl;
170   class OMPDeclareSimdDecl;
171   class OMPClause;
172   struct OMPVarListLocTy;
173   struct OverloadCandidate;
174   enum class OverloadCandidateParamOrder : char;
175   enum OverloadCandidateRewriteKind : unsigned;
176   class OverloadCandidateSet;
177   class OverloadExpr;
178   class ParenListExpr;
179   class ParmVarDecl;
180   class Preprocessor;
181   class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
182   class PseudoObjectExpr;
183   class QualType;
184   class StandardConversionSequence;
185   class Stmt;
186   class StringLiteral;
187   class SwitchStmt;
188   class TemplateArgument;
189   class TemplateArgumentList;
190   class TemplateArgumentLoc;
191   class TemplateDecl;
192   class TemplateInstantiationCallback;
193   class TemplateParameterList;
194   class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
195   class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
196   class Token;
197   class TypeAliasDecl;
198   class TypedefDecl;
199   class TypedefNameDecl;
200   class TypeLoc;
201   class TypoCorrectionConsumer;
202   class UnqualifiedId;
203   class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
204   class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
205   class UnresolvedSetImpl;
206   class UnresolvedSetIterator;
207   class UsingDecl;
208   class UsingShadowDecl;
209   class ValueDecl;
210   class VarDecl;
211   class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
212   class VisibilityAttr;
213   class VisibleDeclConsumer;
214   class IndirectFieldDecl;
215   struct DeductionFailureInfo;
216   class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
217 
218 namespace sema {
219   class AccessedEntity;
220   class BlockScopeInfo;
221   class Capture;
222   class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
223   class CapturingScopeInfo;
224   class CompoundScopeInfo;
225   class DelayedDiagnostic;
226   class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
227   class FunctionScopeInfo;
228   class LambdaScopeInfo;
229   class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
230   class SemaPPCallbacks;
231   class TemplateDeductionInfo;
232 }
233 
234 namespace threadSafety {
235   class BeforeSet;
236   void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache);
237 }
238 
239 // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
240 // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
241 typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
242                   SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
243 
244 /// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given
245 /// file.
246 struct FileNullability {
247   /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does
248   /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation.
249   SourceLocation PointerLoc;
250 
251   /// The end location for the first pointer declarator in the file. Used for
252   /// placing fix-its.
253   SourceLocation PointerEndLoc;
254 
255   /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw.
256   uint8_t PointerKind;
257 
258   /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file.
259   bool SawTypeNullability = false;
260 };
261 
262 /// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability
263 /// information in that file.
264 class FileNullabilityMap {
265   /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID.
266   llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map;
267 
268   /// A single-element cache based on the file ID.
269   struct {
270     FileID File;
271     FileNullability Nullability;
272   } Cache;
273 
274 public:
275   FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) {
276     // Check the single-element cache.
277     if (file == Cache.File)
278       return Cache.Nullability;
279 
280     // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one.
281     if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) {
282       Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability;
283     }
284 
285     // Pull this entry into the cache.
286     Cache.File = file;
287     Cache.Nullability = Map[file];
288     return Cache.Nullability;
289   }
290 };
291 
292 /// Tracks expected type during expression parsing, for use in code completion.
293 /// The type is tied to a particular token, all functions that update or consume
294 /// the type take a start location of the token they are looking at as a
295 /// parameter. This avoids updating the type on hot paths in the parser.
296 class PreferredTypeBuilder {
297 public:
298   PreferredTypeBuilder(bool Enabled) : Enabled(Enabled) {}
299 
300   void enterCondition(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok);
301   void enterReturn(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok);
302   void enterVariableInit(SourceLocation Tok, Decl *D);
303   /// Handles e.g. BaseType{ .D = Tok...
304   void enterDesignatedInitializer(SourceLocation Tok, QualType BaseType,
305                                   const Designation &D);
306   /// Computing a type for the function argument may require running
307   /// overloading, so we postpone its computation until it is actually needed.
308   ///
309   /// Clients should be very careful when using this funciton, as it stores a
310   /// function_ref, clients should make sure all calls to get() with the same
311   /// location happen while function_ref is alive.
312   ///
313   /// The callback should also emit signature help as a side-effect, but only
314   /// if the completion point has been reached.
315   void enterFunctionArgument(SourceLocation Tok,
316                              llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType);
317 
318   void enterParenExpr(SourceLocation Tok, SourceLocation LParLoc);
319   void enterUnary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, tok::TokenKind OpKind,
320                   SourceLocation OpLoc);
321   void enterBinary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS, tok::TokenKind Op);
322   void enterMemAccess(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *Base);
323   void enterSubscript(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS);
324   /// Handles all type casts, including C-style cast, C++ casts, etc.
325   void enterTypeCast(SourceLocation Tok, QualType CastType);
326 
327   /// Get the expected type associated with this location, if any.
328   ///
329   /// If the location is a function argument, determining the expected type
330   /// involves considering all function overloads and the arguments so far.
331   /// In this case, signature help for these function overloads will be reported
332   /// as a side-effect (only if the completion point has been reached).
333   QualType get(SourceLocation Tok) const {
334     if (!Enabled || Tok != ExpectedLoc)
335       return QualType();
336     if (!Type.isNull())
337       return Type;
338     if (ComputeType)
339       return ComputeType();
340     return QualType();
341   }
342 
343 private:
344   bool Enabled;
345   /// Start position of a token for which we store expected type.
346   SourceLocation ExpectedLoc;
347   /// Expected type for a token starting at ExpectedLoc.
348   QualType Type;
349   /// A function to compute expected type at ExpectedLoc. It is only considered
350   /// if Type is null.
351   llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType;
352 };
353 
354 /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
355 class Sema final {
356   Sema(const Sema &) = delete;
357   void operator=(const Sema &) = delete;
358 
359   ///Source of additional semantic information.
360   ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
361 
362   ///Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
363   bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
364 
365   static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
366 
367   bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D);
368 
369   /// Determine whether two declarations should be linked together, given that
370   /// the old declaration might not be visible and the new declaration might
371   /// not have external linkage.
372   bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old,
373                                     const NamedDecl *New) {
374     if (isVisible(Old))
375      return true;
376     // See comment in below overload for why it's safe to compute the linkage
377     // of the new declaration here.
378     if (New->isExternallyDeclarable()) {
379       assert(Old->isExternallyDeclarable() &&
380              "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl");
381       return true;
382     }
383     return false;
384   }
385   bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New);
386 
387   void setupImplicitSpecialMemberType(CXXMethodDecl *SpecialMem,
388                                       QualType ResultTy,
389                                       ArrayRef<QualType> Args);
390 
391 public:
392   /// The maximum alignment, same as in llvm::Value. We duplicate them here
393   /// because that allows us not to duplicate the constants in clang code,
394   /// which we must to since we can't directly use the llvm constants.
395   /// The value is verified against llvm here: lib/CodeGen/CGDecl.cpp
396   ///
397   /// This is the greatest alignment value supported by load, store, and alloca
398   /// instructions, and global values.
399   static const unsigned MaxAlignmentExponent = 29;
400   static const unsigned MaximumAlignment = 1u << MaxAlignmentExponent;
401 
402   typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
403   typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
404   typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
405 
406   OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
407   FPOptions CurFPFeatures;
408 
409   const LangOptions &LangOpts;
410   Preprocessor &PP;
411   ASTContext &Context;
412   ASTConsumer &Consumer;
413   DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
414   SourceManager &SourceMgr;
415 
416   /// Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
417   bool CollectStats;
418 
419   /// Code-completion consumer.
420   CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
421 
422   /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
423   DeclContext *CurContext;
424 
425   /// Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
426   /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
427   DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
428 
429   /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
430   /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
431   DeclarationName VAListTagName;
432 
433   bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
434 
435   /// Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI.
436   LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind
437       MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod;
438 
439   /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes.  Can be empty.
440   SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally;
441 
442   /// Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs
443   SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc;
444 
445   /// Holds TypoExprs that are created from `createDelayedTypo`. This is used by
446   /// `TransformTypos` in order to keep track of any TypoExprs that are created
447   /// recursively during typo correction and wipe them away if the correction
448   /// fails.
449   llvm::SmallVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs;
450 
451   /// pragma clang section kind
452   enum PragmaClangSectionKind {
453     PCSK_Invalid      = 0,
454     PCSK_BSS          = 1,
455     PCSK_Data         = 2,
456     PCSK_Rodata       = 3,
457     PCSK_Text         = 4,
458     PCSK_Relro        = 5
459    };
460 
461   enum PragmaClangSectionAction {
462     PCSA_Set     = 0,
463     PCSA_Clear   = 1
464   };
465 
466   struct PragmaClangSection {
467     std::string SectionName;
468     bool Valid = false;
469     SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
470   };
471 
472    PragmaClangSection PragmaClangBSSSection;
473    PragmaClangSection PragmaClangDataSection;
474    PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRodataSection;
475    PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRelroSection;
476    PragmaClangSection PragmaClangTextSection;
477 
478   enum PragmaMsStackAction {
479     PSK_Reset     = 0x0,                // #pragma ()
480     PSK_Set       = 0x1,                // #pragma (value)
481     PSK_Push      = 0x2,                // #pragma (push[, id])
482     PSK_Pop       = 0x4,                // #pragma (pop[, id])
483     PSK_Show      = 0x8,                // #pragma (show) -- only for "pack"!
484     PSK_Push_Set  = PSK_Push | PSK_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], value)
485     PSK_Pop_Set   = PSK_Pop | PSK_Set,  // #pragma (pop[, id], value)
486   };
487 
488   // #pragma pack and align.
489   class AlignPackInfo {
490   public:
491     // `Native` represents default align mode, which may vary based on the
492     // platform.
493     enum Mode : unsigned char { Native, Natural, Packed, Mac68k };
494 
495     // #pragma pack info constructor
496     AlignPackInfo(AlignPackInfo::Mode M, unsigned Num, bool IsXL)
497         : PackAttr(true), AlignMode(M), PackNumber(Num), XLStack(IsXL) {
498       assert(Num == PackNumber && "The pack number has been truncated.");
499     }
500 
501     // #pragma align info constructor
502     AlignPackInfo(AlignPackInfo::Mode M, bool IsXL)
503         : PackAttr(false), AlignMode(M),
504           PackNumber(M == Packed ? 1 : UninitPackVal), XLStack(IsXL) {}
505 
506     explicit AlignPackInfo(bool IsXL) : AlignPackInfo(Native, IsXL) {}
507 
508     AlignPackInfo() : AlignPackInfo(Native, false) {}
509 
510     // When a AlignPackInfo itself cannot be used, this returns an 32-bit
511     // integer encoding for it. This should only be passed to
512     // AlignPackInfo::getFromRawEncoding, it should not be inspected directly.
513     static uint32_t getRawEncoding(const AlignPackInfo &Info) {
514       std::uint32_t Encoding{};
515       if (Info.IsXLStack())
516         Encoding |= IsXLMask;
517 
518       Encoding |= static_cast<uint32_t>(Info.getAlignMode()) << 1;
519 
520       if (Info.IsPackAttr())
521         Encoding |= PackAttrMask;
522 
523       Encoding |= static_cast<uint32_t>(Info.getPackNumber()) << 4;
524 
525       return Encoding;
526     }
527 
528     static AlignPackInfo getFromRawEncoding(unsigned Encoding) {
529       bool IsXL = static_cast<bool>(Encoding & IsXLMask);
530       AlignPackInfo::Mode M =
531           static_cast<AlignPackInfo::Mode>((Encoding & AlignModeMask) >> 1);
532       int PackNumber = (Encoding & PackNumMask) >> 4;
533 
534       if (Encoding & PackAttrMask)
535         return AlignPackInfo(M, PackNumber, IsXL);
536 
537       return AlignPackInfo(M, IsXL);
538     }
539 
540     bool IsPackAttr() const { return PackAttr; }
541 
542     bool IsAlignAttr() const { return !PackAttr; }
543 
544     Mode getAlignMode() const { return AlignMode; }
545 
546     unsigned getPackNumber() const { return PackNumber; }
547 
548     bool IsPackSet() const {
549       // #pragma align, #pragma pack(), and #pragma pack(0) do not set the pack
550       // attriute on a decl.
551       return PackNumber != UninitPackVal && PackNumber != 0;
552     }
553 
554     bool IsXLStack() const { return XLStack; }
555 
556     bool operator==(const AlignPackInfo &Info) const {
557       return std::tie(AlignMode, PackNumber, PackAttr, XLStack) ==
558              std::tie(Info.AlignMode, Info.PackNumber, Info.PackAttr,
559                       Info.XLStack);
560     }
561 
562     bool operator!=(const AlignPackInfo &Info) const {
563       return !(*this == Info);
564     }
565 
566   private:
567     /// \brief True if this is a pragma pack attribute,
568     ///         not a pragma align attribute.
569     bool PackAttr;
570 
571     /// \brief The alignment mode that is in effect.
572     Mode AlignMode;
573 
574     /// \brief The pack number of the stack.
575     unsigned char PackNumber;
576 
577     /// \brief True if it is a XL #pragma align/pack stack.
578     bool XLStack;
579 
580     /// \brief Uninitialized pack value.
581     static constexpr unsigned char UninitPackVal = -1;
582 
583     // Masks to encode and decode an AlignPackInfo.
584     static constexpr uint32_t IsXLMask{0x0000'0001};
585     static constexpr uint32_t AlignModeMask{0x0000'0006};
586     static constexpr uint32_t PackAttrMask{0x00000'0008};
587     static constexpr uint32_t PackNumMask{0x0000'01F0};
588   };
589 
590   template<typename ValueType>
591   struct PragmaStack {
592     struct Slot {
593       llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel;
594       ValueType Value;
595       SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
596       SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation;
597       Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value,
598            SourceLocation PragmaLocation, SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation)
599           : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value),
600             PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation),
601             PragmaPushLocation(PragmaPushLocation) {}
602     };
603 
604     void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, PragmaMsStackAction Action,
605              llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value) {
606       if (Action == PSK_Reset) {
607         CurrentValue = DefaultValue;
608         CurrentPragmaLocation = PragmaLocation;
609         return;
610       }
611       if (Action & PSK_Push)
612         Stack.emplace_back(StackSlotLabel, CurrentValue, CurrentPragmaLocation,
613                            PragmaLocation);
614       else if (Action & PSK_Pop) {
615         if (!StackSlotLabel.empty()) {
616           // If we've got a label, try to find it and jump there.
617           auto I = llvm::find_if(llvm::reverse(Stack), [&](const Slot &x) {
618             return x.StackSlotLabel == StackSlotLabel;
619           });
620           // If we found the label so pop from there.
621           if (I != Stack.rend()) {
622             CurrentValue = I->Value;
623             CurrentPragmaLocation = I->PragmaLocation;
624             Stack.erase(std::prev(I.base()), Stack.end());
625           }
626         } else if (!Stack.empty()) {
627           // We do not have a label, just pop the last entry.
628           CurrentValue = Stack.back().Value;
629           CurrentPragmaLocation = Stack.back().PragmaLocation;
630           Stack.pop_back();
631         }
632       }
633       if (Action & PSK_Set) {
634         CurrentValue = Value;
635         CurrentPragmaLocation = PragmaLocation;
636       }
637     }
638 
639     // MSVC seems to add artificial slots to #pragma stacks on entering a C++
640     // method body to restore the stacks on exit, so it works like this:
641     //
642     //   struct S {
643     //     #pragma <name>(push, InternalPragmaSlot, <current_pragma_value>)
644     //     void Method {}
645     //     #pragma <name>(pop, InternalPragmaSlot)
646     //   };
647     //
648     // It works even with #pragma vtordisp, although MSVC doesn't support
649     //   #pragma vtordisp(push [, id], n)
650     // syntax.
651     //
652     // Push / pop a named sentinel slot.
653     void SentinelAction(PragmaMsStackAction Action, StringRef Label) {
654       assert((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) &&
655              "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!");
656       Act(CurrentPragmaLocation, Action, Label, CurrentValue);
657     }
658 
659     // Constructors.
660     explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Default)
661         : DefaultValue(Default), CurrentValue(Default) {}
662 
663     bool hasValue() const { return CurrentValue != DefaultValue; }
664 
665     SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack;
666     ValueType DefaultValue; // Value used for PSK_Reset action.
667     ValueType CurrentValue;
668     SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
669   };
670   // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but
671   // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module).
672 
673   /// Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft
674   /// C++ ABI.  Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean:
675   ///
676   /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps
677   /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial
678   ///    structors
679   /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed
680   ///    objects
681   PragmaStack<MSVtorDispMode> VtorDispStack;
682   PragmaStack<AlignPackInfo> AlignPackStack;
683   // The current #pragma align/pack values and locations at each #include.
684   struct AlignPackIncludeState {
685     AlignPackInfo CurrentValue;
686     SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
687     bool HasNonDefaultValue, ShouldWarnOnInclude;
688   };
689   SmallVector<AlignPackIncludeState, 8> AlignPackIncludeStack;
690   // Segment #pragmas.
691   PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack;
692   PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack;
693   PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack;
694   PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack;
695 
696   // This stack tracks the current state of Sema.CurFPFeatures.
697   PragmaStack<FPOptionsOverride> FpPragmaStack;
698   FPOptionsOverride CurFPFeatureOverrides() {
699     FPOptionsOverride result;
700     if (!FpPragmaStack.hasValue()) {
701       result = FPOptionsOverride();
702     } else {
703       result = FpPragmaStack.CurrentValue;
704     }
705     return result;
706   }
707 
708   // RAII object to push / pop sentinel slots for all MS #pragma stacks.
709   // Actions should be performed only if we enter / exit a C++ method body.
710   class PragmaStackSentinelRAII {
711   public:
712     PragmaStackSentinelRAII(Sema &S, StringRef SlotLabel, bool ShouldAct);
713     ~PragmaStackSentinelRAII();
714 
715   private:
716     Sema &S;
717     StringRef SlotLabel;
718     bool ShouldAct;
719   };
720 
721   /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file.
722   FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap;
723 
724   /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg.
725   StringLiteral *CurInitSeg;
726   SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc;
727 
728   /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
729   void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
730 
731   /// This an attribute introduced by \#pragma clang attribute.
732   struct PragmaAttributeEntry {
733     SourceLocation Loc;
734     ParsedAttr *Attribute;
735     SmallVector<attr::SubjectMatchRule, 4> MatchRules;
736     bool IsUsed;
737   };
738 
739   /// A push'd group of PragmaAttributeEntries.
740   struct PragmaAttributeGroup {
741     /// The location of the push attribute.
742     SourceLocation Loc;
743     /// The namespace of this push group.
744     const IdentifierInfo *Namespace;
745     SmallVector<PragmaAttributeEntry, 2> Entries;
746   };
747 
748   SmallVector<PragmaAttributeGroup, 2> PragmaAttributeStack;
749 
750   /// The declaration that is currently receiving an attribute from the
751   /// #pragma attribute stack.
752   const Decl *PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl;
753 
754   /// This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off"
755   /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If
756   /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location.
757   SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
758 
759   /// Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
760   ///
761   /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
762   /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
763   bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
764 
765   /// Used to control the generation of ExprWithCleanups.
766   CleanupInfo Cleanup;
767 
768   /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
769   /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.
770   SmallVector<ExprWithCleanups::CleanupObject, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
771 
772   /// Store a set of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs that contain a reference
773   /// to a variable (constant) that may or may not be odr-used in this Expr, and
774   /// we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue and discarded value conversions
775   /// have been applied to all subexpressions of the enclosing full expression.
776   /// This is cleared at the end of each full expression.
777   using MaybeODRUseExprSet = llvm::SetVector<Expr *, SmallVector<Expr *, 4>,
778                                              llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr *, 4>>;
779   MaybeODRUseExprSet MaybeODRUseExprs;
780 
781   std::unique_ptr<sema::FunctionScopeInfo> CachedFunctionScope;
782 
783   /// Stack containing information about each of the nested
784   /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
785   SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
786 
787   /// The index of the first FunctionScope that corresponds to the current
788   /// context.
789   unsigned FunctionScopesStart = 0;
790 
791   ArrayRef<sema::FunctionScopeInfo*> getFunctionScopes() const {
792     return llvm::makeArrayRef(FunctionScopes.begin() + FunctionScopesStart,
793                               FunctionScopes.end());
794   }
795 
796   /// Stack containing information needed when in C++2a an 'auto' is encountered
797   /// in a function declaration parameter type specifier in order to invent a
798   /// corresponding template parameter in the enclosing abbreviated function
799   /// template. This information is also present in LambdaScopeInfo, stored in
800   /// the FunctionScopes stack.
801   SmallVector<InventedTemplateParameterInfo, 4> InventedParameterInfos;
802 
803   /// The index of the first InventedParameterInfo that refers to the current
804   /// context.
805   unsigned InventedParameterInfosStart = 0;
806 
807   ArrayRef<InventedTemplateParameterInfo> getInventedParameterInfos() const {
808     return llvm::makeArrayRef(InventedParameterInfos.begin() +
809                                   InventedParameterInfosStart,
810                               InventedParameterInfos.end());
811   }
812 
813   typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
814                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
815     ExtVectorDeclsType;
816 
817   /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
818   /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
819   /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
820   ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
821 
822   /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
823   std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
824 
825   typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<NamedDecl *, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
826 
827   /// Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
828   NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
829 
830   /// Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused.
831   llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4>
832       UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates;
833 
834   /// Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit
835   ///
836   /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions
837   /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression
838   /// used in initializer of the field.
839   typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc;
840   typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs;
841   llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs;
842 
843   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
844 
845   /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
846   /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
847   /// same list more than once.
848   std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
849 
850   /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
851   /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
852   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
853 
854   /// Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
855   NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
856 
857   typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
858                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
859     TentativeDefinitionsType;
860 
861   /// All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
862   TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
863 
864   /// All the external declarations encoutered and used in the TU.
865   SmallVector<VarDecl *, 4> ExternalDeclarations;
866 
867   typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
868                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
869     UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
870 
871   /// The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
872   /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
873   UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
874 
875   typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
876                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
877     DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
878 
879   /// All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
880   /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
881   DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
882 
883   /// All the overriding functions seen during a class definition
884   /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden
885   /// function.
886   SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2>
887     DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks;
888 
889   /// All the function redeclarations seen during a class definition that had
890   /// their exception spec checks delayed, plus the prior declaration they
891   /// should be checked against. Except during error recovery, the new decl
892   /// should always be a friend declaration, as that's the only valid way to
893   /// redeclare a special member before its class is complete.
894   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl*>, 2>
895     DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks;
896 
897   typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *,
898                           std::unique_ptr<LateParsedTemplate>>
899       LateParsedTemplateMapT;
900   LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
901 
902   /// Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
903   typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
904   typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P);
905   LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
906   LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup;
907   void *OpaqueParser;
908 
909   void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP,
910                              LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup,
911                              void *P) {
912     LateTemplateParser = LTP;
913     LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup;
914     OpaqueParser = P;
915   }
916 
917   // Does the work necessary to deal with a SYCL kernel lambda. At the moment,
918   // this just marks the list of lambdas required to name the kernel.
919   void AddSYCLKernelLambda(const FunctionDecl *FD);
920 
921   class DelayedDiagnostics;
922 
923   class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
924     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
925     friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
926   };
927   typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
928   typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
929 
930   /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
931   /// during parsing and other processing.
932   class DelayedDiagnostics {
933     /// The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
934     /// diagnostics should go.
935     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
936 
937   public:
938     DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {}
939 
940     /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
941     void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
942 
943     /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
944     bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; }
945 
946     /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
947     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
948       return CurPool;
949     }
950 
951     /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
952     /// collected in this pool.
953     DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
954       DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
955       state.SavedPool = CurPool;
956       CurPool = &pool;
957       return state;
958     }
959 
960     /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
961     /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
962     /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
963     void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
964       CurPool = state.SavedPool;
965     }
966 
967     /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
968     /// not delayed.
969     DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
970       DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
971       state.SavedPool = CurPool;
972       CurPool = nullptr;
973       return state;
974     }
975 
976     /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
977     void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
978       assert(CurPool == nullptr);
979       CurPool = state.SavedPool;
980     }
981   } DelayedDiagnostics;
982 
983   /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
984   class ContextRAII {
985   private:
986     Sema &S;
987     DeclContext *SavedContext;
988     ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
989     QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
990     unsigned SavedFunctionScopesStart;
991     unsigned SavedInventedParameterInfosStart;
992 
993   public:
994     ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true)
995       : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
996         SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
997         SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride),
998         SavedFunctionScopesStart(S.FunctionScopesStart),
999         SavedInventedParameterInfosStart(S.InventedParameterInfosStart)
1000     {
1001       assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
1002       S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
1003       if (NewThisContext)
1004         S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType();
1005       // Any saved FunctionScopes do not refer to this context.
1006       S.FunctionScopesStart = S.FunctionScopes.size();
1007       S.InventedParameterInfosStart = S.InventedParameterInfos.size();
1008     }
1009 
1010     void pop() {
1011       if (!SavedContext) return;
1012       S.CurContext = SavedContext;
1013       S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
1014       S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
1015       S.FunctionScopesStart = SavedFunctionScopesStart;
1016       S.InventedParameterInfosStart = SavedInventedParameterInfosStart;
1017       SavedContext = nullptr;
1018     }
1019 
1020     ~ContextRAII() {
1021       pop();
1022     }
1023   };
1024 
1025   /// Whether the AST is currently being rebuilt to correct immediate
1026   /// invocations. Immediate invocation candidates and references to consteval
1027   /// functions aren't tracked when this is set.
1028   bool RebuildingImmediateInvocation = false;
1029 
1030   /// Used to change context to isConstantEvaluated without pushing a heavy
1031   /// ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord object.
1032   bool isConstantEvaluatedOverride;
1033 
1034   bool isConstantEvaluated() {
1035     return ExprEvalContexts.back().isConstantEvaluated() ||
1036            isConstantEvaluatedOverride;
1037   }
1038 
1039   /// RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
1040   /// a function body.
1041   class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
1042     Sema &S;
1043     Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
1044     bool PushedCodeSynthesisContext = false;
1045 
1046   public:
1047     SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
1048         : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) {
1049       S.PushFunctionScope();
1050       S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
1051           Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
1052       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
1053         FD->setWillHaveBody(true);
1054       else
1055         assert(isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC));
1056     }
1057 
1058     void addContextNote(SourceLocation UseLoc) {
1059       assert(!PushedCodeSynthesisContext);
1060 
1061       Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx;
1062       Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::DefiningSynthesizedFunction;
1063       Ctx.PointOfInstantiation = UseLoc;
1064       Ctx.Entity = cast<Decl>(S.CurContext);
1065       S.pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx);
1066 
1067       PushedCodeSynthesisContext = true;
1068     }
1069 
1070     ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
1071       if (PushedCodeSynthesisContext)
1072         S.popCodeSynthesisContext();
1073       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext))
1074         FD->setWillHaveBody(false);
1075       S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
1076       S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
1077     }
1078   };
1079 
1080   /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
1081   /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
1082   /// identifier, declared or undeclared
1083   llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
1084 
1085   /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
1086   /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
1087   /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
1088   /// in the currently selected standard.
1089   llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
1090 
1091 
1092   /// Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
1093   void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
1094 
1095   /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
1096   /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
1097   /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
1098   /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
1099   /// It would be best to refactor this.
1100   SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
1101 
1102   IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
1103 
1104   /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
1105   /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
1106   /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
1107   Scope *TUScope;
1108 
1109   /// The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
1110   LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
1111 
1112   /// The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
1113   /// standard library.
1114   LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
1115 
1116   /// The C++ "std::align_val_t" enum class, which is defined by the C++
1117   /// standard library.
1118   LazyDeclPtr StdAlignValT;
1119 
1120   /// The C++ "std::experimental" namespace, where the experimental parts
1121   /// of the standard library resides.
1122   NamespaceDecl *StdExperimentalNamespaceCache;
1123 
1124   /// The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
1125   /// \<initializer_list>.
1126   ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
1127 
1128   /// The C++ "std::coroutine_traits" template, which is defined in
1129   /// \<coroutine_traits>
1130   ClassTemplateDecl *StdCoroutineTraitsCache;
1131 
1132   /// The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
1133   RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
1134 
1135   /// The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
1136   RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
1137 
1138   /// Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
1139   std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
1140 
1141   /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
1142   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
1143 
1144   /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class.
1145   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl;
1146 
1147   /// Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
1148   QualType NSNumberPointer;
1149 
1150   /// Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *).
1151   QualType NSValuePointer;
1152 
1153   /// The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
1154   ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
1155 
1156   /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
1157   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
1158 
1159   /// Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
1160   QualType NSStringPointer;
1161 
1162   /// The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
1163   ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
1164 
1165   /// The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method.
1166   ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod;
1167 
1168   /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
1169   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
1170 
1171   /// The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
1172   ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
1173 
1174   /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
1175   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
1176 
1177   /// The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
1178   ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
1179 
1180   /// id<NSCopying> type.
1181   QualType QIDNSCopying;
1182 
1183   /// will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
1184   Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
1185 
1186   /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
1187   /// have been declared.
1188   bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
1189 
1190   /// Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
1191   /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
1192   enum class ExpressionEvaluationContext {
1193     /// The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
1194     /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
1195     /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
1196     /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
1197     /// run time.
1198     Unevaluated,
1199 
1200     /// The current expression occurs within a braced-init-list within
1201     /// an unevaluated operand. This is mostly like a regular unevaluated
1202     /// context, except that we still instantiate constexpr functions that are
1203     /// referenced here so that we can perform narrowing checks correctly.
1204     UnevaluatedList,
1205 
1206     /// The current expression occurs within a discarded statement.
1207     /// This behaves largely similarly to an unevaluated operand in preventing
1208     /// definitions from being required, but not in other ways.
1209     DiscardedStatement,
1210 
1211     /// The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
1212     /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
1213     /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
1214     UnevaluatedAbstract,
1215 
1216     /// The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
1217     /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
1218     /// cases in a switch statement).
1219     ConstantEvaluated,
1220 
1221     /// The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
1222     /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
1223     /// expression at run time.
1224     PotentiallyEvaluated,
1225 
1226     /// The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
1227     /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
1228     /// in fact the current expression is used.
1229     ///
1230     /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
1231     /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
1232     /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
1233     /// until the default argument is used.
1234     PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
1235   };
1236 
1237   using ImmediateInvocationCandidate = llvm::PointerIntPair<ConstantExpr *, 1>;
1238 
1239   /// Data structure used to record current or nested
1240   /// expression evaluation contexts.
1241   struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
1242     /// The expression evaluation context.
1243     ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
1244 
1245     /// Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
1246     CleanupInfo ParentCleanup;
1247 
1248     /// The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
1249     /// this expression evaluation context.
1250     unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
1251 
1252     /// The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation
1253     /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created).
1254     unsigned NumTypos;
1255 
1256     MaybeODRUseExprSet SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
1257 
1258     /// The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
1259     /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
1260     SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
1261 
1262     /// The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
1263     /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
1264     /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
1265     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
1266 
1267     /// If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
1268     /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
1269     SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
1270 
1271     /// If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
1272     /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
1273     SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
1274 
1275     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Expr *, 8> PossibleDerefs;
1276 
1277     /// Expressions appearing as the LHS of a volatile assignment in this
1278     /// context. We produce a warning for these when popping the context if
1279     /// they are not discarded-value expressions nor unevaluated operands.
1280     SmallVector<Expr*, 2> VolatileAssignmentLHSs;
1281 
1282     /// Set of candidates for starting an immediate invocation.
1283     llvm::SmallVector<ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4> ImmediateInvocationCandidates;
1284 
1285     /// Set of DeclRefExprs referencing a consteval function when used in a
1286     /// context not already known to be immediately invoked.
1287     llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclRefExpr *, 4> ReferenceToConsteval;
1288 
1289     /// \brief Describes whether we are in an expression constext which we have
1290     /// to handle differently.
1291     enum ExpressionKind {
1292       EK_Decltype, EK_TemplateArgument, EK_Other
1293     } ExprContext;
1294 
1295     ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
1296                                       unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
1297                                       CleanupInfo ParentCleanup,
1298                                       Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
1299                                       ExpressionKind ExprContext)
1300         : Context(Context), ParentCleanup(ParentCleanup),
1301           NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), NumTypos(0),
1302           ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), ExprContext(ExprContext) {}
1303 
1304     bool isUnevaluated() const {
1305       return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated ||
1306              Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract ||
1307              Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList;
1308     }
1309     bool isConstantEvaluated() const {
1310       return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated;
1311     }
1312   };
1313 
1314   /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
1315   SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
1316 
1317   /// Emit a warning for all pending noderef expressions that we recorded.
1318   void WarnOnPendingNoDerefs(ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec);
1319 
1320   /// Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
1321   /// block literal. Also return the extra mangling decl if any.
1322   ///
1323   /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
1324   /// block literal.
1325   std::tuple<MangleNumberingContext *, Decl *>
1326   getCurrentMangleNumberContext(const DeclContext *DC);
1327 
1328 
1329   /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
1330   /// function.
1331   ///
1332   /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
1333   /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
1334   class SpecialMemberOverloadResult {
1335   public:
1336     enum Kind {
1337       NoMemberOrDeleted,
1338       Ambiguous,
1339       Success
1340     };
1341 
1342   private:
1343     llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
1344 
1345   public:
1346     SpecialMemberOverloadResult() : Pair() {}
1347     SpecialMemberOverloadResult(CXXMethodDecl *MD)
1348         : Pair(MD, MD->isDeleted() ? NoMemberOrDeleted : Success) {}
1349 
1350     CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
1351     void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
1352 
1353     Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
1354     void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
1355   };
1356 
1357   class SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry
1358       : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode,
1359         public SpecialMemberOverloadResult {
1360   public:
1361     SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
1362       : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
1363     {}
1364   };
1365 
1366   /// A cache of special member function overload resolution results
1367   /// for C++ records.
1368   llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry> SpecialMemberCache;
1369 
1370   /// A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits
1371   /// attribute.
1372   mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache;
1373 
1374   /// The kind of translation unit we are processing.
1375   ///
1376   /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
1377   /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
1378   /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
1379   /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
1380   /// checks.
1381   const TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
1382 
1383   llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
1384 
1385   /// The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
1386   unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
1387 
1388   typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>>
1389     UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
1390 
1391   /// A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
1392   /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
1393   ///
1394   /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
1395   /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
1396   /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
1397   /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
1398   UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
1399 
1400   // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
1401   // argument locations.
1402   llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
1403 
1404   /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
1405   /// definition in this translation unit.
1406   llvm::MapVector<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
1407 
1408   /// Determine if VD, which must be a variable or function, is an external
1409   /// symbol that nonetheless can't be referenced from outside this translation
1410   /// unit because its type has no linkage and it's not extern "C".
1411   bool isExternalWithNoLinkageType(ValueDecl *VD);
1412 
1413   /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
1414   void getUndefinedButUsed(
1415       SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
1416 
1417   /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at
1418   /// the end of translation unit.
1419   const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> &
1420   getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const;
1421 
1422   typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
1423   typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
1424 
1425   /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
1426   /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
1427   /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
1428   /// of selectors are "overloaded").
1429   /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
1430   /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
1431   GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
1432 
1433   /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
1434   /// of -Wselector.
1435   llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
1436 
1437   /// List of SourceLocations where 'self' is implicitly retained inside a
1438   /// block.
1439   llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *>, 1>
1440       ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs;
1441 
1442   /// Kinds of C++ special members.
1443   enum CXXSpecialMember {
1444     CXXDefaultConstructor,
1445     CXXCopyConstructor,
1446     CXXMoveConstructor,
1447     CXXCopyAssignment,
1448     CXXMoveAssignment,
1449     CXXDestructor,
1450     CXXInvalid
1451   };
1452 
1453   typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXRecordDecl *, 3, CXXSpecialMember>
1454       SpecialMemberDecl;
1455 
1456   /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
1457   /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
1458   /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
1459   llvm::SmallPtrSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
1460 
1461   /// Kinds of defaulted comparison operator functions.
1462   enum class DefaultedComparisonKind : unsigned char {
1463     /// This is not a defaultable comparison operator.
1464     None,
1465     /// This is an operator== that should be implemented as a series of
1466     /// subobject comparisons.
1467     Equal,
1468     /// This is an operator<=> that should be implemented as a series of
1469     /// subobject comparisons.
1470     ThreeWay,
1471     /// This is an operator!= that should be implemented as a rewrite in terms
1472     /// of a == comparison.
1473     NotEqual,
1474     /// This is an <, <=, >, or >= that should be implemented as a rewrite in
1475     /// terms of a <=> comparison.
1476     Relational,
1477   };
1478 
1479   /// The function definitions which were renamed as part of typo-correction
1480   /// to match their respective declarations. We want to keep track of them
1481   /// to ensure that we don't emit a "redefinition" error if we encounter a
1482   /// correctly named definition after the renamed definition.
1483   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamedDecl *, 4> TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions;
1484 
1485   /// Stack of types that correspond to the parameter entities that are
1486   /// currently being copy-initialized. Can be empty.
1487   llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> CurrentParameterCopyTypes;
1488 
1489   void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
1490   void updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel);
1491 
1492   /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
1493   bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
1494   bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
1495 
1496   /// Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
1497   /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
1498   /// should not be used elsewhere.
1499   void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
1500 
1501   /// Records and restores the CurFPFeatures state on entry/exit of compound
1502   /// statements.
1503   class FPFeaturesStateRAII {
1504   public:
1505     FPFeaturesStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), OldFPFeaturesState(S.CurFPFeatures) {
1506       OldOverrides = S.FpPragmaStack.CurrentValue;
1507     }
1508     ~FPFeaturesStateRAII() {
1509       S.CurFPFeatures = OldFPFeaturesState;
1510       S.FpPragmaStack.CurrentValue = OldOverrides;
1511     }
1512     FPOptionsOverride getOverrides() { return OldOverrides; }
1513 
1514   private:
1515     Sema& S;
1516     FPOptions OldFPFeaturesState;
1517     FPOptionsOverride OldOverrides;
1518   };
1519 
1520   void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T);
1521 
1522   bool WarnedStackExhausted = false;
1523 
1524   /// Increment when we find a reference; decrement when we find an ignored
1525   /// assignment.  Ultimately the value is 0 if every reference is an ignored
1526   /// assignment.
1527   llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, int> RefsMinusAssignments;
1528 
1529   Optional<std::unique_ptr<DarwinSDKInfo>> CachedDarwinSDKInfo;
1530 
1531 public:
1532   Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
1533        TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
1534        CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr);
1535   ~Sema();
1536 
1537   /// Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
1538   /// initialized but before it parses anything.
1539   void Initialize();
1540 
1541   /// This virtual key function only exists to limit the emission of debug info
1542   /// describing the Sema class. GCC and Clang only emit debug info for a class
1543   /// with a vtable when the vtable is emitted. Sema is final and not
1544   /// polymorphic, but the debug info size savings are so significant that it is
1545   /// worth adding a vtable just to take advantage of this optimization.
1546   virtual void anchor();
1547 
1548   const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
1549   OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
1550   FPOptions     &getCurFPFeatures() { return CurFPFeatures; }
1551 
1552   DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
1553   SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
1554   Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
1555   ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
1556   ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
1557   ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
1558   ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
1559   DarwinSDKInfo *getDarwinSDKInfoForAvailabilityChecking(SourceLocation Loc,
1560                                                          StringRef Platform);
1561 
1562   ///Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
1563   /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
1564   ///
1565   ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
1566   ///
1567   void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
1568 
1569   void PrintStats() const;
1570 
1571   /// Warn that the stack is nearly exhausted.
1572   void warnStackExhausted(SourceLocation Loc);
1573 
1574   /// Run some code with "sufficient" stack space. (Currently, at least 256K is
1575   /// guaranteed). Produces a warning if we're low on stack space and allocates
1576   /// more in that case. Use this in code that may recurse deeply (for example,
1577   /// in template instantiation) to avoid stack overflow.
1578   void runWithSufficientStackSpace(SourceLocation Loc,
1579                                    llvm::function_ref<void()> Fn);
1580 
1581   /// Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
1582   /// template instantiation stacks.
1583   ///
1584   /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
1585   /// class that emits diagnostics. ImmediateDiagBuilder is
1586   /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
1587   /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
1588   /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
1589   /// well.
1590   class ImmediateDiagBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
1591     Sema &SemaRef;
1592     unsigned DiagID;
1593 
1594   public:
1595     ImmediateDiagBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
1596         : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) {}
1597     ImmediateDiagBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &&DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
1598         : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) {}
1599 
1600     // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move
1601     // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not
1602     // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So
1603     // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the
1604     // source anyway, so the user-defined ~ImmediateDiagBuilder is a safe no-op
1605     // in that case anwyay.
1606     ImmediateDiagBuilder(const ImmediateDiagBuilder &) = default;
1607 
1608     ~ImmediateDiagBuilder() {
1609       // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
1610       if (!isActive()) return;
1611 
1612       // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First clear the diagnostic
1613       // builder itself so it won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
1614       //
1615       // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
1616       // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
1617       // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
1618       // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
1619       // eliminate that code.
1620       Clear();
1621 
1622       // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
1623       SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
1624     }
1625 
1626     /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
1627     template <typename T>
1628     friend const ImmediateDiagBuilder &
1629     operator<<(const ImmediateDiagBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
1630       const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
1631       BaseDiag << Value;
1632       return Diag;
1633     }
1634 
1635     // It is necessary to limit this to rvalue reference to avoid calling this
1636     // function with a bitfield lvalue argument since non-const reference to
1637     // bitfield is not allowed.
1638     template <typename T, typename = typename std::enable_if<
1639                               !std::is_lvalue_reference<T>::value>::type>
1640     const ImmediateDiagBuilder &operator<<(T &&V) const {
1641       const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = *this;
1642       BaseDiag << std::move(V);
1643       return *this;
1644     }
1645   };
1646 
1647   /// A generic diagnostic builder for errors which may or may not be deferred.
1648   ///
1649   /// In CUDA, there exist constructs (e.g. variable-length arrays, try/catch)
1650   /// which are not allowed to appear inside __device__ functions and are
1651   /// allowed to appear in __host__ __device__ functions only if the host+device
1652   /// function is never codegen'ed.
1653   ///
1654   /// To handle this, we use the notion of "deferred diagnostics", where we
1655   /// attach a diagnostic to a FunctionDecl that's emitted iff it's codegen'ed.
1656   ///
1657   /// This class lets you emit either a regular diagnostic, a deferred
1658   /// diagnostic, or no diagnostic at all, according to an argument you pass to
1659   /// its constructor, thus simplifying the process of creating these "maybe
1660   /// deferred" diagnostics.
1661   class SemaDiagnosticBuilder {
1662   public:
1663     enum Kind {
1664       /// Emit no diagnostics.
1665       K_Nop,
1666       /// Emit the diagnostic immediately (i.e., behave like Sema::Diag()).
1667       K_Immediate,
1668       /// Emit the diagnostic immediately, and, if it's a warning or error, also
1669       /// emit a call stack showing how this function can be reached by an a
1670       /// priori known-emitted function.
1671       K_ImmediateWithCallStack,
1672       /// Create a deferred diagnostic, which is emitted only if the function
1673       /// it's attached to is codegen'ed.  Also emit a call stack as with
1674       /// K_ImmediateWithCallStack.
1675       K_Deferred
1676     };
1677 
1678     SemaDiagnosticBuilder(Kind K, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID,
1679                           FunctionDecl *Fn, Sema &S);
1680     SemaDiagnosticBuilder(SemaDiagnosticBuilder &&D);
1681     SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &) = default;
1682     ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder();
1683 
1684     bool isImmediate() const { return ImmediateDiag.hasValue(); }
1685 
1686     /// Convertible to bool: True if we immediately emitted an error, false if
1687     /// we didn't emit an error or we created a deferred error.
1688     ///
1689     /// Example usage:
1690     ///
1691     ///   if (SemaDiagnosticBuilder(...) << foo << bar)
1692     ///     return ExprError();
1693     ///
1694     /// But see CUDADiagIfDeviceCode() and CUDADiagIfHostCode() -- you probably
1695     /// want to use these instead of creating a SemaDiagnosticBuilder yourself.
1696     operator bool() const { return isImmediate(); }
1697 
1698     template <typename T>
1699     friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &
1700     operator<<(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
1701       if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue())
1702         *Diag.ImmediateDiag << Value;
1703       else if (Diag.PartialDiagId.hasValue())
1704         Diag.S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Diag.Fn][*Diag.PartialDiagId].second
1705             << Value;
1706       return Diag;
1707     }
1708 
1709     // It is necessary to limit this to rvalue reference to avoid calling this
1710     // function with a bitfield lvalue argument since non-const reference to
1711     // bitfield is not allowed.
1712     template <typename T, typename = typename std::enable_if<
1713                               !std::is_lvalue_reference<T>::value>::type>
1714     const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(T &&V) const {
1715       if (ImmediateDiag.hasValue())
1716         *ImmediateDiag << std::move(V);
1717       else if (PartialDiagId.hasValue())
1718         S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Fn][*PartialDiagId].second << std::move(V);
1719       return *this;
1720     }
1721 
1722     friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &
1723     operator<<(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
1724       if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue())
1725         PD.Emit(*Diag.ImmediateDiag);
1726       else if (Diag.PartialDiagId.hasValue())
1727         Diag.S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Diag.Fn][*Diag.PartialDiagId].second = PD;
1728       return Diag;
1729     }
1730 
1731     void AddFixItHint(const FixItHint &Hint) const {
1732       if (ImmediateDiag.hasValue())
1733         ImmediateDiag->AddFixItHint(Hint);
1734       else if (PartialDiagId.hasValue())
1735         S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Fn][*PartialDiagId].second.AddFixItHint(Hint);
1736     }
1737 
1738     friend ExprResult ExprError(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &) {
1739       return ExprError();
1740     }
1741     friend StmtResult StmtError(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &) {
1742       return StmtError();
1743     }
1744     operator ExprResult() const { return ExprError(); }
1745     operator StmtResult() const { return StmtError(); }
1746     operator TypeResult() const { return TypeError(); }
1747     operator DeclResult() const { return DeclResult(true); }
1748     operator MemInitResult() const { return MemInitResult(true); }
1749 
1750   private:
1751     Sema &S;
1752     SourceLocation Loc;
1753     unsigned DiagID;
1754     FunctionDecl *Fn;
1755     bool ShowCallStack;
1756 
1757     // Invariant: At most one of these Optionals has a value.
1758     // FIXME: Switch these to a Variant once that exists.
1759     llvm::Optional<ImmediateDiagBuilder> ImmediateDiag;
1760     llvm::Optional<unsigned> PartialDiagId;
1761   };
1762 
1763   /// Is the last error level diagnostic immediate. This is used to determined
1764   /// whether the next info diagnostic should be immediate.
1765   bool IsLastErrorImmediate = true;
1766 
1767   /// Emit a diagnostic.
1768   SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID,
1769                              bool DeferHint = false);
1770 
1771   /// Emit a partial diagnostic.
1772   SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
1773                              bool DeferHint = false);
1774 
1775   /// Build a partial diagnostic.
1776   PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
1777 
1778   /// Whether deferrable diagnostics should be deferred.
1779   bool DeferDiags = false;
1780 
1781   /// RAII class to control scope of DeferDiags.
1782   class DeferDiagsRAII {
1783     Sema &S;
1784     bool SavedDeferDiags = false;
1785 
1786   public:
1787     DeferDiagsRAII(Sema &S, bool DeferDiags)
1788         : S(S), SavedDeferDiags(S.DeferDiags) {
1789       S.DeferDiags = DeferDiags;
1790     }
1791     ~DeferDiagsRAII() { S.DeferDiags = SavedDeferDiags; }
1792   };
1793 
1794   /// Whether uncompilable error has occurred. This includes error happens
1795   /// in deferred diagnostics.
1796   bool hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() const;
1797 
1798   bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
1799 
1800   /// Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
1801   std::string
1802   getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1803   std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1804 
1805   /// Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken()
1806   SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0);
1807 
1808   /// Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor.
1809   ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const;
1810 
1811   /// Invent a new identifier for parameters of abbreviated templates.
1812   IdentifierInfo *
1813   InventAbbreviatedTemplateParameterTypeName(IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
1814                                              unsigned Index);
1815 
1816   void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings();
1817 
1818   private:
1819     /// Function or variable declarations to be checked for whether the deferred
1820     /// diagnostics should be emitted.
1821     llvm::SmallSetVector<Decl *, 4> DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags;
1822 
1823   public:
1824   // Emit all deferred diagnostics.
1825   void emitDeferredDiags();
1826 
1827   enum TUFragmentKind {
1828     /// The global module fragment, between 'module;' and a module-declaration.
1829     Global,
1830     /// A normal translation unit fragment. For a non-module unit, this is the
1831     /// entire translation unit. Otherwise, it runs from the module-declaration
1832     /// to the private-module-fragment (if any) or the end of the TU (if not).
1833     Normal,
1834     /// The private module fragment, between 'module :private;' and the end of
1835     /// the translation unit.
1836     Private
1837   };
1838 
1839   void ActOnStartOfTranslationUnit();
1840   void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
1841   void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnitFragment(TUFragmentKind Kind);
1842 
1843   void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
1844 
1845   Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
1846 
1847   void PushFunctionScope();
1848   void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
1849   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
1850 
1851   /// This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
1852   /// is during Parsing.  Currently it is used to pass on the depth
1853   /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
1854   void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
1855 
1856   void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
1857                                RecordDecl *RD, CapturedRegionKind K,
1858                                unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel = 0);
1859 
1860   /// Custom deleter to allow FunctionScopeInfos to be kept alive for a short
1861   /// time after they've been popped.
1862   class PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter {
1863     Sema *Self;
1864 
1865   public:
1866     explicit PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter(Sema *Self) : Self(Self) {}
1867     void operator()(sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) const;
1868   };
1869 
1870   using PoppedFunctionScopePtr =
1871       std::unique_ptr<sema::FunctionScopeInfo, PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter>;
1872 
1873   PoppedFunctionScopePtr
1874   PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr,
1875                        const Decl *D = nullptr,
1876                        QualType BlockType = QualType());
1877 
1878   sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
1879     return FunctionScopes.empty() ? nullptr : FunctionScopes.back();
1880   }
1881 
1882   sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const;
1883 
1884   void setFunctionHasBranchIntoScope();
1885   void setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
1886   void setFunctionHasIndirectGoto();
1887   void setFunctionHasMustTail();
1888 
1889   void PushCompoundScope(bool IsStmtExpr);
1890   void PopCompoundScope();
1891 
1892   sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
1893 
1894   bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
1895 
1896   /// Retrieve the current block, if any.
1897   sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
1898 
1899   /// Get the innermost lambda enclosing the current location, if any. This
1900   /// looks through intervening non-lambda scopes such as local functions and
1901   /// blocks.
1902   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getEnclosingLambda() const;
1903 
1904   /// Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
1905   /// \param IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope true if should find the top-most
1906   /// lambda scope info ignoring all inner capturing scopes that are not
1907   /// lambda scopes.
1908   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *
1909   getCurLambda(bool IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope = false);
1910 
1911   /// Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
1912   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
1913 
1914   /// Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1915   sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1916 
1917   /// Retrieve the current function, if any, that should be analyzed for
1918   /// potential availability violations.
1919   sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunctionAvailabilityContext();
1920 
1921   /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
1922   SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1923 
1924   /// Called before parsing a function declarator belonging to a function
1925   /// declaration.
1926   void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarationDeclarator(Declarator &D,
1927                                                unsigned TemplateParameterDepth);
1928 
1929   /// Called after parsing a function declarator belonging to a function
1930   /// declaration.
1931   void ActOnFinishFunctionDeclarationDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1932 
1933   void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1934 
1935   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1936   // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1937   //
1938 
1939   QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1940                               const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1941   QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1942                               const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1943   QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1944                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1945   QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1946                               SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1947   QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1948                           Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1949                           SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1950   QualType BuildVectorType(QualType T, Expr *VecSize, SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1951   QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1952                               SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1953   QualType BuildMatrixType(QualType T, Expr *NumRows, Expr *NumColumns,
1954                            SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1955 
1956   QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, LangAS ASIdx, Expr *AddrSpace,
1957                                  SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1958 
1959   /// Same as above, but constructs the AddressSpace index if not provided.
1960   QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, Expr *AddrSpace,
1961                                  SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1962 
1963   bool CheckQualifiedFunctionForTypeId(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1964 
1965   bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1966 
1967   /// Build a function type.
1968   ///
1969   /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1970   /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1971   /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1972   /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1973   /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1974   ///
1975   /// \param T The return type of the function.
1976   ///
1977   /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1978   /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1979   /// function parameters.
1980   ///
1981   /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1982   /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1983   /// type that will have function type.
1984   ///
1985   /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1986   /// type, if known.
1987   ///
1988   /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1989   /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1990   ///
1991   /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1992   /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1993   /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1994   QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1995                              MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1996                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1997                              const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1998 
1999   QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
2000                                   SourceLocation Loc,
2001                                   DeclarationName Entity);
2002   QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
2003                                  SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
2004   QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
2005   QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
2006   QualType BuildReadPipeType(QualType T,
2007                          SourceLocation Loc);
2008   QualType BuildWritePipeType(QualType T,
2009                          SourceLocation Loc);
2010   QualType BuildExtIntType(bool IsUnsigned, Expr *BitWidth, SourceLocation Loc);
2011 
2012   TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
2013   TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
2014 
2015   /// Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
2016   ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
2017   DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
2018   DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
2019   static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty,
2020                                     TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr);
2021   CanThrowResult canThrow(const Stmt *E);
2022   /// Determine whether the callee of a particular function call can throw.
2023   /// E, D and Loc are all optional.
2024   static CanThrowResult canCalleeThrow(Sema &S, const Expr *E, const Decl *D,
2025                                        SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation());
2026   const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
2027                                                 const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
2028   void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD,
2029                            const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
2030   bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range);
2031   bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
2032   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
2033   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
2034       const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
2035       const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
2036   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
2037       const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
2038       const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
2039       const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
2040   bool handlerCanCatch(QualType HandlerType, QualType ExceptionType);
2041   bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID,
2042                                 const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID,
2043                                 const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID,
2044                                 const PartialDiagnostic &NoThrowDiagID,
2045                                 const FunctionProtoType *Superset,
2046                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
2047                                 const FunctionProtoType *Subset,
2048                                 SourceLocation SubLoc);
2049   bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID,
2050                                const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID,
2051                                const FunctionProtoType *Target,
2052                                SourceLocation TargetLoc,
2053                                const FunctionProtoType *Source,
2054                                SourceLocation SourceLoc);
2055 
2056   TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2057 
2058   /// The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
2059   /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
2060   ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
2061 
2062   /// Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
2063   struct TypeDiagnoser {
2064     TypeDiagnoser() {}
2065 
2066     virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2067     virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
2068   };
2069 
2070   static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
2071   static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
2072   static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
2073   static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
2074   static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
2075   static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
2076   static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
2077     return II;
2078   }
2079   static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
2080   static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
2081   static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
2082   static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
2083   static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
2084   static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
2085 
2086   template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
2087   protected:
2088     unsigned DiagID;
2089     std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args;
2090 
2091     template <std::size_t... Is>
2092     void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB,
2093               std::index_sequence<Is...>) const {
2094       // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order.
2095       bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...};
2096       (void)Dummy;
2097     }
2098 
2099   public:
2100     BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args)
2101         : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) {
2102       assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser");
2103     }
2104 
2105     void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
2106       const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID);
2107       emit(DB, std::index_sequence_for<Ts...>());
2108       DB << T;
2109     }
2110   };
2111 
2112   /// Do a check to make sure \p Name looks like a legal argument for the
2113   /// swift_name attribute applied to decl \p D.  Raise a diagnostic if the name
2114   /// is invalid for the given declaration.
2115   ///
2116   /// \p AL is used to provide caret diagnostics in case of a malformed name.
2117   ///
2118   /// \returns true if the name is a valid swift name for \p D, false otherwise.
2119   bool DiagnoseSwiftName(Decl *D, StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2120                          const ParsedAttr &AL, bool IsAsync);
2121 
2122   /// A derivative of BoundTypeDiagnoser for which the diagnostic's type
2123   /// parameter is preceded by a 0/1 enum that is 1 if the type is sizeless.
2124   /// For example, a diagnostic with no other parameters would generally have
2125   /// the form "...%select{incomplete|sizeless}0 type %1...".
2126   template <typename... Ts>
2127   class SizelessTypeDiagnoser : public BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> {
2128   public:
2129     SizelessTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &... Args)
2130         : BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...>(DiagID, Args...) {}
2131 
2132     void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
2133       const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, this->DiagID);
2134       this->emit(DB, std::index_sequence_for<Ts...>());
2135       DB << T->isSizelessType() << T;
2136     }
2137   };
2138 
2139   enum class CompleteTypeKind {
2140     /// Apply the normal rules for complete types.  In particular,
2141     /// treat all sizeless types as incomplete.
2142     Normal,
2143 
2144     /// Relax the normal rules for complete types so that they include
2145     /// sizeless built-in types.
2146     AcceptSizeless,
2147 
2148     // FIXME: Eventually we should flip the default to Normal and opt in
2149     // to AcceptSizeless rather than opt out of it.
2150     Default = AcceptSizeless
2151   };
2152 
2153 private:
2154   /// Methods for marking which expressions involve dereferencing a pointer
2155   /// marked with the 'noderef' attribute. Expressions are checked bottom up as
2156   /// they are parsed, meaning that a noderef pointer may not be accessed. For
2157   /// example, in `&*p` where `p` is a noderef pointer, we will first parse the
2158   /// `*p`, but need to check that `address of` is called on it. This requires
2159   /// keeping a container of all pending expressions and checking if the address
2160   /// of them are eventually taken.
2161   void CheckSubscriptAccessOfNoDeref(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E);
2162   void CheckAddressOfNoDeref(const Expr *E);
2163   void CheckMemberAccessOfNoDeref(const MemberExpr *E);
2164 
2165   bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
2166                                CompleteTypeKind Kind, TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser);
2167 
2168   struct ModuleScope {
2169     SourceLocation BeginLoc;
2170     clang::Module *Module = nullptr;
2171     bool ModuleInterface = false;
2172     bool ImplicitGlobalModuleFragment = false;
2173     VisibleModuleSet OuterVisibleModules;
2174   };
2175   /// The modules we're currently parsing.
2176   llvm::SmallVector<ModuleScope, 16> ModuleScopes;
2177 
2178   /// Namespace definitions that we will export when they finish.
2179   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamespaceDecl*, 8> DeferredExportedNamespaces;
2180 
2181   /// Get the module whose scope we are currently within.
2182   Module *getCurrentModule() const {
2183     return ModuleScopes.empty() ? nullptr : ModuleScopes.back().Module;
2184   }
2185 
2186   VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules;
2187 
2188 public:
2189   /// Get the module owning an entity.
2190   Module *getOwningModule(const Decl *Entity) {
2191     return Entity->getOwningModule();
2192   }
2193 
2194   /// Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND
2195   /// visible at the specified location.
2196   void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND);
2197 
2198   bool isModuleVisible(const Module *M, bool ModulePrivate = false);
2199 
2200   // When loading a non-modular PCH files, this is used to restore module
2201   // visibility.
2202   void makeModuleVisible(Module *Mod, SourceLocation ImportLoc) {
2203     VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc);
2204   }
2205 
2206   /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
2207   bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) {
2208     return D->isUnconditionallyVisible() || isVisibleSlow(D);
2209   }
2210 
2211   /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is visible.
2212   bool
2213   hasVisibleDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D,
2214                         llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) {
2215     return isVisible(D) || hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(D, Modules);
2216   }
2217   bool hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D,
2218                                  llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules);
2219 
2220   bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def);
2221   bool hasMergedDefinitionInCurrentModule(NamedDecl *Def);
2222 
2223   /// Determine if \p D and \p Suggested have a structurally compatible
2224   /// layout as described in C11 6.2.7/1.
2225   bool hasStructuralCompatLayout(Decl *D, Decl *Suggested);
2226 
2227   /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration
2228   /// that should be made visible to expose the definition.
2229   bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested,
2230                             bool OnlyNeedComplete = false);
2231   bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) {
2232     NamedDecl *Hidden;
2233     return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden);
2234   }
2235 
2236   /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument.
2237   bool
2238   hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
2239                             llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
2240 
2241   /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is an explicit
2242   /// specialization declaration for a specialization of a template. (For a
2243   /// member specialization, use hasVisibleMemberSpecialization.)
2244   bool hasVisibleExplicitSpecialization(
2245       const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
2246 
2247   /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is a member
2248   /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration).
2249   bool hasVisibleMemberSpecialization(
2250       const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
2251 
2252   /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations
2253   /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to
2254   /// an extension warning.
2255   bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A,
2256                                               const NamedDecl *B);
2257   void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
2258       SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D,
2259       ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv);
2260 
2261   bool isUsualDeallocationFunction(const CXXMethodDecl *FD);
2262 
2263   bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
2264                       CompleteTypeKind Kind = CompleteTypeKind::Default) {
2265     return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, Kind, nullptr);
2266   }
2267   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
2268                            CompleteTypeKind Kind, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
2269   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
2270                            CompleteTypeKind Kind, unsigned DiagID);
2271 
2272   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
2273                            TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser) {
2274     return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Default, Diagnoser);
2275   }
2276   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID) {
2277     return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Default, DiagID);
2278   }
2279 
2280   template <typename... Ts>
2281   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
2282                            const Ts &...Args) {
2283     BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
2284     return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
2285   }
2286 
2287   template <typename... Ts>
2288   bool RequireCompleteSizedType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
2289                                 const Ts &... Args) {
2290     SizelessTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
2291     return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Normal, Diagnoser);
2292   }
2293 
2294   /// Get the type of expression E, triggering instantiation to complete the
2295   /// type if necessary -- that is, if the expression refers to a templated
2296   /// static data member of incomplete array type.
2297   ///
2298   /// May still return an incomplete type if instantiation was not possible or
2299   /// if the type is incomplete for a different reason. Use
2300   /// RequireCompleteExprType instead if a diagnostic is expected for an
2301   /// incomplete expression type.
2302   QualType getCompletedType(Expr *E);
2303 
2304   void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E);
2305   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, CompleteTypeKind Kind,
2306                                TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
2307   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
2308 
2309   template <typename... Ts>
2310   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) {
2311     BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
2312     return RequireCompleteExprType(E, CompleteTypeKind::Default, Diagnoser);
2313   }
2314 
2315   template <typename... Ts>
2316   bool RequireCompleteSizedExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID,
2317                                     const Ts &... Args) {
2318     SizelessTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
2319     return RequireCompleteExprType(E, CompleteTypeKind::Normal, Diagnoser);
2320   }
2321 
2322   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
2323                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
2324   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
2325 
2326   template <typename... Ts>
2327   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
2328                           const Ts &...Args) {
2329     BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
2330     return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
2331   }
2332 
2333   QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2334                              const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T,
2335                              TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl = nullptr);
2336 
2337   QualType getDecltypeForParenthesizedExpr(Expr *E);
2338   QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
2339   /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated
2340   /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto).
2341   QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc,
2342                              bool AsUnevaluated = true);
2343   QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
2344                                    UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
2345                                    SourceLocation Loc);
2346 
2347   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2348   // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
2349   //
2350 
2351   struct SkipBodyInfo {
2352     SkipBodyInfo()
2353         : ShouldSkip(false), CheckSameAsPrevious(false), Previous(nullptr),
2354           New(nullptr) {}
2355     bool ShouldSkip;
2356     bool CheckSameAsPrevious;
2357     NamedDecl *Previous;
2358     NamedDecl *New;
2359   };
2360 
2361   DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr);
2362 
2363   void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
2364 
2365   bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
2366 
2367   ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2368                          Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
2369                          bool isClassName = false, bool HasTrailingDot = false,
2370                          ParsedType ObjectType = nullptr,
2371                          bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
2372                          bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
2373                          bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext = true,
2374                          IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr);
2375   TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
2376   bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
2377   void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
2378                                SourceLocation IILoc,
2379                                Scope *S,
2380                                CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2381                                ParsedType &SuggestedType,
2382                                bool IsTemplateName = false);
2383 
2384   /// Attempt to behave like MSVC in situations where lookup of an unqualified
2385   /// type name has failed in a dependent context. In these situations, we
2386   /// automatically form a DependentTypeName that will retry lookup in a related
2387   /// scope during instantiation.
2388   ParsedType ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
2389                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
2390                                       bool IsTemplateTypeArg);
2391 
2392   /// Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
2393   /// by \c ClassifyName().
2394   enum NameClassificationKind {
2395     /// This name is not a type or template in this context, but might be
2396     /// something else.
2397     NC_Unknown,
2398     /// Classification failed; an error has been produced.
2399     NC_Error,
2400     /// The name has been typo-corrected to a keyword.
2401     NC_Keyword,
2402     /// The name was classified as a type.
2403     NC_Type,
2404     /// The name was classified as a specific non-type, non-template
2405     /// declaration. ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType should be called to
2406     /// convert the declaration to an expression.
2407     NC_NonType,
2408     /// The name was classified as an ADL-only function name.
2409     /// ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType should be called to convert the
2410     /// result to an expression.
2411     NC_UndeclaredNonType,
2412     /// The name denotes a member of a dependent type that could not be
2413     /// resolved. ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType should be called to
2414     /// convert the result to an expression.
2415     NC_DependentNonType,
2416     /// The name was classified as an overload set, and an expression
2417     /// representing that overload set has been formed.
2418     /// ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet should be called to form a suitable
2419     /// expression referencing the overload set.
2420     NC_OverloadSet,
2421     /// The name was classified as a template whose specializations are types.
2422     NC_TypeTemplate,
2423     /// The name was classified as a variable template name.
2424     NC_VarTemplate,
2425     /// The name was classified as a function template name.
2426     NC_FunctionTemplate,
2427     /// The name was classified as an ADL-only function template name.
2428     NC_UndeclaredTemplate,
2429     /// The name was classified as a concept name.
2430     NC_Concept,
2431   };
2432 
2433   class NameClassification {
2434     NameClassificationKind Kind;
2435     union {
2436       ExprResult Expr;
2437       NamedDecl *NonTypeDecl;
2438       TemplateName Template;
2439       ParsedType Type;
2440     };
2441 
2442     explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
2443 
2444   public:
2445     NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
2446 
2447     NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) : Kind(NC_Keyword) {}
2448 
2449     static NameClassification Error() {
2450       return NameClassification(NC_Error);
2451     }
2452 
2453     static NameClassification Unknown() {
2454       return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
2455     }
2456 
2457     static NameClassification OverloadSet(ExprResult E) {
2458       NameClassification Result(NC_OverloadSet);
2459       Result.Expr = E;
2460       return Result;
2461     }
2462 
2463     static NameClassification NonType(NamedDecl *D) {
2464       NameClassification Result(NC_NonType);
2465       Result.NonTypeDecl = D;
2466       return Result;
2467     }
2468 
2469     static NameClassification UndeclaredNonType() {
2470       return NameClassification(NC_UndeclaredNonType);
2471     }
2472 
2473     static NameClassification DependentNonType() {
2474       return NameClassification(NC_DependentNonType);
2475     }
2476 
2477     static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
2478       NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
2479       Result.Template = Name;
2480       return Result;
2481     }
2482 
2483     static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
2484       NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
2485       Result.Template = Name;
2486       return Result;
2487     }
2488 
2489     static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
2490       NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
2491       Result.Template = Name;
2492       return Result;
2493     }
2494 
2495     static NameClassification Concept(TemplateName Name) {
2496       NameClassification Result(NC_Concept);
2497       Result.Template = Name;
2498       return Result;
2499     }
2500 
2501     static NameClassification UndeclaredTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
2502       NameClassification Result(NC_UndeclaredTemplate);
2503       Result.Template = Name;
2504       return Result;
2505     }
2506 
2507     NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
2508 
2509     ExprResult getExpression() const {
2510       assert(Kind == NC_OverloadSet);
2511       return Expr;
2512     }
2513 
2514     ParsedType getType() const {
2515       assert(Kind == NC_Type);
2516       return Type;
2517     }
2518 
2519     NamedDecl *getNonTypeDecl() const {
2520       assert(Kind == NC_NonType);
2521       return NonTypeDecl;
2522     }
2523 
2524     TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
2525       assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
2526              Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_Concept ||
2527              Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate);
2528       return Template;
2529     }
2530 
2531     TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
2532       switch (Kind) {
2533       case NC_TypeTemplate:
2534         return TNK_Type_template;
2535       case NC_FunctionTemplate:
2536         return TNK_Function_template;
2537       case NC_VarTemplate:
2538         return TNK_Var_template;
2539       case NC_Concept:
2540         return TNK_Concept_template;
2541       case NC_UndeclaredTemplate:
2542         return TNK_Undeclared_template;
2543       default:
2544         llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
2545       }
2546     }
2547   };
2548 
2549   /// Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
2550   /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
2551   ///
2552   /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
2553   /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
2554   /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
2555   ///
2556   /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
2557   ///
2558   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
2559   ///
2560   /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
2561   /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
2562   ///
2563   /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
2564   ///
2565   /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
2566   /// disambiguate the name.
2567   ///
2568   /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
2569   NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2570                                   IdentifierInfo *&Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2571                                   const Token &NextToken,
2572                                   CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr);
2573 
2574   /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an undeclared (ADL-only)
2575   /// non-type declaration.
2576   ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType(IdentifierInfo *Name,
2577                                                     SourceLocation NameLoc);
2578   /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an undeclared member of a
2579   /// dependent base class.
2580   ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2581                                                    IdentifierInfo *Name,
2582                                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
2583                                                    bool IsAddressOfOperand);
2584   /// Act on the result of classifying a name as a specific non-type
2585   /// declaration.
2586   ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2587                                           NamedDecl *Found,
2588                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
2589                                           const Token &NextToken);
2590   /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an overload set.
2591   ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet(Scope *S, Expr *OverloadSet);
2592 
2593   /// Describes the detailed kind of a template name. Used in diagnostics.
2594   enum class TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics {
2595     ClassTemplate,
2596     FunctionTemplate,
2597     VarTemplate,
2598     AliasTemplate,
2599     TemplateTemplateParam,
2600     Concept,
2601     DependentTemplate
2602   };
2603   TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics
2604   getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name);
2605 
2606   /// Determine whether it's plausible that E was intended to be a
2607   /// template-name.
2608   bool mightBeIntendedToBeTemplateName(ExprResult E, bool &Dependent) {
2609     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E.isInvalid())
2610       return false;
2611     Dependent = false;
2612     if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E.get()))
2613       return !DRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs();
2614     if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E.get()))
2615       return !ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs();
2616     Dependent = true;
2617     if (auto *DSDRE = dyn_cast<DependentScopeDeclRefExpr>(E.get()))
2618       return !DSDRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs();
2619     if (auto *DSME = dyn_cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(E.get()))
2620       return !DSME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs();
2621     // Any additional cases recognized here should also be handled by
2622     // diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName.
2623     return false;
2624   }
2625   void diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName(Scope *S, ExprResult TemplateName,
2626                                           SourceLocation Less,
2627                                           SourceLocation Greater);
2628 
2629   void warnOnReservedIdentifier(const NamedDecl *D);
2630 
2631   Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2632 
2633   NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
2634                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
2635   bool tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(TypeSourceInfo *&TInfo,
2636                                        QualType &T, SourceLocation Loc,
2637                                        unsigned FailedFoldDiagID);
2638   void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
2639   bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
2640   bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
2641                                     DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2642                                     bool IsTemplateId);
2643   void
2644   diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals,
2645                             SourceLocation FallbackLoc,
2646                             SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
2647                             SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
2648                             SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
2649                             SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
2650                             SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc = SourceLocation());
2651 
2652   static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
2653   void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
2654   NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D,
2655                                     const LookupResult &R);
2656   NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, const LookupResult &R);
2657   NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const BindingDecl *D,
2658                                     const LookupResult &R);
2659   void CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
2660                    const LookupResult &R);
2661   void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
2662 
2663   /// Warn if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
2664   /// to a shadowing declaration.
2665   void CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
2666 
2667   void DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
2668 
2669 private:
2670   /// Map of current shadowing declarations to shadowed declarations. Warn if
2671   /// it looks like the user is trying to modify the shadowing declaration.
2672   llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *> ShadowingDecls;
2673 
2674 public:
2675   void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
2676   void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope);
2677   void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
2678                                     TypedefNameDecl *NewTD);
2679   void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
2680   NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
2681                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2682                                     LookupResult &Previous);
2683   NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
2684                                   LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
2685   NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
2686                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2687                                      LookupResult &Previous,
2688                                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
2689                                      bool &AddToScope,
2690                                      ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings = None);
2691   NamedDecl *
2692   ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
2693                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
2694   // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
2695   bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
2696   void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
2697   bool DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit,
2698                                      Expr *Init);
2699   void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *VD);
2700   void CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DecompositionDecl *DD);
2701   void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
2702 
2703   NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
2704                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2705                                      LookupResult &Previous,
2706                                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
2707                                      bool &AddToScope);
2708   bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
2709 
2710   enum class CheckConstexprKind {
2711     /// Diagnose issues that are non-constant or that are extensions.
2712     Diagnose,
2713     /// Identify whether this function satisfies the formal rules for constexpr
2714     /// functions in the current lanugage mode (with no extensions).
2715     CheckValid
2716   };
2717 
2718   bool CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2719                                         CheckConstexprKind Kind);
2720 
2721   void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
2722   void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
2723                           SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
2724   void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
2725                           SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
2726   // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
2727   bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
2728                                 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
2729                                 bool IsMemberSpecialization);
2730   bool shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *OldDecl);
2731   bool canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD,
2732                                       QualType NewT, QualType OldT);
2733   void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
2734   void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
2735   Attr *getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2736                                                    bool IsDefinition);
2737   void CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2738   Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2739   ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
2740                                           SourceLocation Loc,
2741                                           QualType T);
2742   ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
2743                               SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
2744                               QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
2745                               StorageClass SC);
2746   void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
2747                                  SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2748                                  Expr *defarg);
2749   void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2750                                          SourceLocation ArgLoc);
2751   void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc);
2752   ExprResult ConvertParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
2753                                          SourceLocation EqualLoc);
2754   void SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
2755                                SourceLocation EqualLoc);
2756 
2757   // Contexts where using non-trivial C union types can be disallowed. This is
2758   // passed to err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context.
2759   enum NonTrivialCUnionContext {
2760     // Function parameter.
2761     NTCUC_FunctionParam,
2762     // Function return.
2763     NTCUC_FunctionReturn,
2764     // Default-initialized object.
2765     NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject,
2766     // Variable with automatic storage duration.
2767     NTCUC_AutoVar,
2768     // Initializer expression that might copy from another object.
2769     NTCUC_CopyInit,
2770     // Assignment.
2771     NTCUC_Assignment,
2772     // Compound literal.
2773     NTCUC_CompoundLiteral,
2774     // Block capture.
2775     NTCUC_BlockCapture,
2776     // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion of volatile type.
2777     NTCUC_LValueToRValueVolatile,
2778   };
2779 
2780   /// Emit diagnostics if the initializer or any of its explicit or
2781   /// implicitly-generated subexpressions require copying or
2782   /// default-initializing a type that is or contains a C union type that is
2783   /// non-trivial to copy or default-initialize.
2784   void checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init, SourceLocation Loc);
2785 
2786   // These flags are passed to checkNonTrivialCUnion.
2787   enum NonTrivialCUnionKind {
2788     NTCUK_Init = 0x1,
2789     NTCUK_Destruct = 0x2,
2790     NTCUK_Copy = 0x4,
2791   };
2792 
2793   /// Emit diagnostics if a non-trivial C union type or a struct that contains
2794   /// a non-trivial C union is used in an invalid context.
2795   void checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc,
2796                              NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext,
2797                              unsigned NonTrivialKind);
2798 
2799   void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit);
2800   void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl);
2801   void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
2802 
2803   void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc);
2804   void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
2805   StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2806                                         IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2807                                         ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
2808                                         SourceLocation AttrEnd);
2809   void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
2810   void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
2811   void CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD);
2812   void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
2813   DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
2814                                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
2815   DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
2816 
2817   /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
2818   /// documentation comments.
2819   void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
2820   void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
2821 
2822   void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
2823                                        SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
2824   void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(
2825       FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr,
2826       SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
2827   Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
2828                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
2829                                 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
2830   Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D,
2831                                 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
2832   void ActOnStartTrailingRequiresClause(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2833   ExprResult ActOnFinishTrailingRequiresClause(ExprResult ConstraintExpr);
2834   ExprResult ActOnRequiresClause(ExprResult ConstraintExpr);
2835   void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2836   bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
2837     return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
2838   }
2839 
2840   /// Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or
2841   /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting
2842   /// code for that function.
2843   ///
2844   /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the
2845   /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to
2846   /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11
2847   /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs.
2848   bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D);
2849 
2850   /// Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
2851   /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
2852   /// code for that function.
2853   ///
2854   /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
2855   /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
2856   /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
2857   bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
2858 
2859   void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
2860   Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
2861   Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
2862   Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
2863   void ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D);
2864 
2865   /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
2866   /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
2867   void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
2868 
2869   /// Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
2870   /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
2871   void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters);
2872 
2873   /// Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
2874   /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
2875   /// specified threshold.
2876   void
2877   DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
2878                                          QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D);
2879 
2880   void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
2881   Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
2882                               SourceLocation AsmLoc,
2883                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2884 
2885   /// Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
2886   Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList,
2887                               SourceLocation SemiLoc);
2888 
2889   enum class ModuleDeclKind {
2890     Interface,      ///< 'export module X;'
2891     Implementation, ///< 'module X;'
2892   };
2893 
2894   /// The parser has processed a module-declaration that begins the definition
2895   /// of a module interface or implementation.
2896   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc,
2897                                  SourceLocation ModuleLoc, ModuleDeclKind MDK,
2898                                  ModuleIdPath Path, bool IsFirstDecl);
2899 
2900   /// The parser has processed a global-module-fragment declaration that begins
2901   /// the definition of the global module fragment of the current module unit.
2902   /// \param ModuleLoc The location of the 'module' keyword.
2903   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnGlobalModuleFragmentDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc);
2904 
2905   /// The parser has processed a private-module-fragment declaration that begins
2906   /// the definition of the private module fragment of the current module unit.
2907   /// \param ModuleLoc The location of the 'module' keyword.
2908   /// \param PrivateLoc The location of the 'private' keyword.
2909   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnPrivateModuleFragmentDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc,
2910                                                 SourceLocation PrivateLoc);
2911 
2912   /// The parser has processed a module import declaration.
2913   ///
2914   /// \param StartLoc The location of the first token in the declaration. This
2915   ///        could be the location of an '@', 'export', or 'import'.
2916   /// \param ExportLoc The location of the 'export' keyword, if any.
2917   /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
2918   /// \param Path The module access path.
2919   DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc,
2920                                SourceLocation ExportLoc,
2921                                SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
2922   DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc,
2923                                SourceLocation ExportLoc,
2924                                SourceLocation ImportLoc, Module *M,
2925                                ModuleIdPath Path = {});
2926 
2927   /// The parser has processed a module import translated from a
2928   /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
2929   void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
2930   void BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
2931 
2932   /// The parsed has entered a submodule.
2933   void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
2934   /// The parser has left a submodule.
2935   void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
2936 
2937   /// Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
2938   /// source location, for error recovery, if possible.
2939   ///
2940   /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup
2941   /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user
2942   /// has forgotten to import.
2943   void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
2944                                                   Module *Mod);
2945 
2946   /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond
2947   /// to %select values in diagnostics.
2948   enum class MissingImportKind {
2949     Declaration,
2950     Definition,
2951     DefaultArgument,
2952     ExplicitSpecialization,
2953     PartialSpecialization
2954   };
2955 
2956   /// Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but
2957   /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem.
2958   void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
2959                              MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover = true);
2960   void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
2961                              SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
2962                              MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover);
2963 
2964   Decl *ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc,
2965                              SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
2966   Decl *ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *ExportDecl,
2967                               SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
2968 
2969   /// We've found a use of a templated declaration that would trigger an
2970   /// implicit instantiation. Check that any relevant explicit specializations
2971   /// and partial specializations are visible, and diagnose if not.
2972   void checkSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec);
2973 
2974   /// Retrieve a suitable printing policy for diagnostics.
2975   PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
2976     return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
2977   }
2978 
2979   /// Retrieve a suitable printing policy for diagnostics.
2980   static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
2981                                           const Preprocessor &PP);
2982 
2983   /// Scope actions.
2984   void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
2985   void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
2986 
2987   Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
2988                                    RecordDecl *&AnonRecord);
2989   Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
2990                                    MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
2991                                    bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
2992                                    RecordDecl *&AnonRecord);
2993 
2994   Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2995                                     AccessSpecifier AS,
2996                                     RecordDecl *Record,
2997                                     const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
2998 
2999   Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3000                                        RecordDecl *Record);
3001 
3002   /// Common ways to introduce type names without a tag for use in diagnostics.
3003   /// Keep in sync with err_tag_reference_non_tag.
3004   enum NonTagKind {
3005     NTK_NonStruct,
3006     NTK_NonClass,
3007     NTK_NonUnion,
3008     NTK_NonEnum,
3009     NTK_Typedef,
3010     NTK_TypeAlias,
3011     NTK_Template,
3012     NTK_TypeAliasTemplate,
3013     NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument,
3014   };
3015 
3016   /// Given a non-tag type declaration, returns an enum useful for indicating
3017   /// what kind of non-tag type this is.
3018   NonTagKind getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *D, TagTypeKind TTK);
3019 
3020   bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
3021                                     TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
3022                                     SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
3023                                     const IdentifierInfo *Name);
3024 
3025   enum TagUseKind {
3026     TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
3027     TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
3028     TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
3029     TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
3030   };
3031 
3032   Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
3033                  SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name,
3034                  SourceLocation NameLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr,
3035                  AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
3036                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, bool &OwnedDecl,
3037                  bool &IsDependent, SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
3038                  bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
3039                  bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg,
3040                  SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
3041 
3042   Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
3043                                 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
3044                                 CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name,
3045                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
3046                                 const ParsedAttributesView &Attr,
3047                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
3048 
3049   TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
3050                                unsigned TagSpec,
3051                                TagUseKind TUK,
3052                                const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3053                                IdentifierInfo *Name,
3054                                SourceLocation TagLoc,
3055                                SourceLocation NameLoc);
3056 
3057   void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
3058                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
3059                  SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
3060   Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
3061                    Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
3062 
3063   FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
3064                          Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
3065                          InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
3066                          AccessSpecifier AS);
3067   MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
3068                                    SourceLocation DeclStart, Declarator &D,
3069                                    Expr *BitfieldWidth,
3070                                    InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
3071                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
3072                                    const ParsedAttr &MSPropertyAttr);
3073 
3074   FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
3075                             TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3076                             RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
3077                             bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
3078                             InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
3079                             SourceLocation TSSL,
3080                             AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
3081                             Declarator *D = nullptr);
3082 
3083   bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
3084   void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
3085 
3086   enum TrivialABIHandling {
3087     /// The triviality of a method unaffected by "trivial_abi".
3088     TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI,
3089 
3090     /// The triviality of a method affected by "trivial_abi".
3091     TAH_ConsiderTrivialABI
3092   };
3093 
3094   bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3095                               TrivialABIHandling TAH = TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI,
3096                               bool Diagnose = false);
3097 
3098   /// For a defaulted function, the kind of defaulted function that it is.
3099   class DefaultedFunctionKind {
3100     CXXSpecialMember SpecialMember : 8;
3101     DefaultedComparisonKind Comparison : 8;
3102 
3103   public:
3104     DefaultedFunctionKind()
3105         : SpecialMember(CXXInvalid), Comparison(DefaultedComparisonKind::None) {
3106     }
3107     DefaultedFunctionKind(CXXSpecialMember CSM)
3108         : SpecialMember(CSM), Comparison(DefaultedComparisonKind::None) {}
3109     DefaultedFunctionKind(DefaultedComparisonKind Comp)
3110         : SpecialMember(CXXInvalid), Comparison(Comp) {}
3111 
3112     bool isSpecialMember() const { return SpecialMember != CXXInvalid; }
3113     bool isComparison() const {
3114       return Comparison != DefaultedComparisonKind::None;
3115     }
3116 
3117     explicit operator bool() const {
3118       return isSpecialMember() || isComparison();
3119     }
3120 
3121     CXXSpecialMember asSpecialMember() const { return SpecialMember; }
3122     DefaultedComparisonKind asComparison() const { return Comparison; }
3123 
3124     /// Get the index of this function kind for use in diagnostics.
3125     unsigned getDiagnosticIndex() const {
3126       static_assert(CXXInvalid > CXXDestructor,
3127                     "invalid should have highest index");
3128       static_assert((unsigned)DefaultedComparisonKind::None == 0,
3129                     "none should be equal to zero");
3130       return SpecialMember + (unsigned)Comparison;
3131     }
3132   };
3133 
3134   DefaultedFunctionKind getDefaultedFunctionKind(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3135 
3136   CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
3137     return getDefaultedFunctionKind(MD).asSpecialMember();
3138   }
3139   DefaultedComparisonKind getDefaultedComparisonKind(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
3140     return getDefaultedFunctionKind(FD).asComparison();
3141   }
3142 
3143   void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
3144                          SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
3145   Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
3146                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
3147                   tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
3148 
3149   // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
3150   void ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
3151                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
3152                    SourceLocation RBrac, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
3153 
3154   /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
3155   /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
3156   /// struct, or union).
3157   void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
3158 
3159   /// Perform ODR-like check for C/ObjC when merging tag types from modules.
3160   /// Differently from C++, actually parse the body and reject / error out
3161   /// in case of a structural mismatch.
3162   bool ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev,
3163                                 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody);
3164 
3165   typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext;
3166 
3167   /// Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping.
3168   SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD);
3169 
3170   Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
3171 
3172   /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
3173   /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
3174   /// member declarations.
3175   void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
3176                                        SourceLocation FinalLoc,
3177                                        bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
3178                                        bool IsAbstract,
3179                                        SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
3180 
3181   /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
3182   /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
3183   void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
3184                                 SourceRange BraceRange);
3185 
3186   void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context);
3187 
3188   void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
3189 
3190   /// Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
3191   /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
3192   ///
3193   /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
3194   void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
3195   void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
3196 
3197   /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
3198   /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
3199   void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
3200 
3201   EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
3202                                       EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
3203                                       SourceLocation IdLoc,
3204                                       IdentifierInfo *Id,
3205                                       Expr *val);
3206   bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
3207   bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
3208                               QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed,
3209                               const EnumDecl *Prev);
3210 
3211   /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped.
3212   /// \param II The name of the first enumerator.
3213   SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
3214                                       SourceLocation IILoc);
3215 
3216   Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
3217                           SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
3218                           const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs,
3219                           SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
3220   void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
3221                      Decl *EnumDecl, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S,
3222                      const ParsedAttributesView &Attr);
3223 
3224   /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
3225   void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
3226   void PopDeclContext();
3227 
3228   /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
3229   /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
3230   void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
3231   void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
3232 
3233   /// Enter a template parameter scope, after it's been associated with a particular
3234   /// DeclContext. Causes lookup within the scope to chain through enclosing contexts
3235   /// in the correct order.
3236   void EnterTemplatedContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
3237 
3238   /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
3239   void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
3240   void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
3241 
3242   DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
3243 
3244   /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
3245   /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
3246   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
3247   FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
3248 
3249   /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
3250   /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
3251   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
3252   ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
3253 
3254   /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
3255   /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
3256   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
3257   NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
3258 
3259   /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
3260   void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
3261 
3262   /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
3263   /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
3264   /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
3265   ///
3266   /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the
3267   ///        enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained
3268   ///        directly within it.
3269   bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr,
3270                      bool AllowInlineNamespace = false);
3271 
3272   /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
3273   /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
3274   static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
3275 
3276   /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
3277   TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
3278                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3279   bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
3280 
3281   /// Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
3282   /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
3283   enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
3284     /// Don't merge availability attributes at all.
3285     AMK_None,
3286     /// Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
3287     /// an exact match.
3288     AMK_Redeclaration,
3289     /// Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
3290     /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
3291     AMK_Override,
3292     /// Merge availability attributes for an implementation of
3293     /// a protocol requirement.
3294     AMK_ProtocolImplementation,
3295     /// Merge availability attributes for an implementation of
3296     /// an optional protocol requirement.
3297     AMK_OptionalProtocolImplementation
3298   };
3299 
3300   /// Describes the kind of priority given to an availability attribute.
3301   ///
3302   /// The sum of priorities deteremines the final priority of the attribute.
3303   /// The final priority determines how the attribute will be merged.
3304   /// An attribute with a lower priority will always remove higher priority
3305   /// attributes for the specified platform when it is being applied. An
3306   /// attribute with a higher priority will not be applied if the declaration
3307   /// already has an availability attribute with a lower priority for the
3308   /// specified platform. The final prirority values are not expected to match
3309   /// the values in this enumeration, but instead should be treated as a plain
3310   /// integer value. This enumeration just names the priority weights that are
3311   /// used to calculate that final vaue.
3312   enum AvailabilityPriority : int {
3313     /// The availability attribute was specified explicitly next to the
3314     /// declaration.
3315     AP_Explicit = 0,
3316 
3317     /// The availability attribute was applied using '#pragma clang attribute'.
3318     AP_PragmaClangAttribute = 1,
3319 
3320     /// The availability attribute for a specific platform was inferred from
3321     /// an availability attribute for another platform.
3322     AP_InferredFromOtherPlatform = 2
3323   };
3324 
3325   /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
3326   AvailabilityAttr *
3327   mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
3328                         IdentifierInfo *Platform, bool Implicit,
3329                         VersionTuple Introduced, VersionTuple Deprecated,
3330                         VersionTuple Obsoleted, bool IsUnavailable,
3331                         StringRef Message, bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement,
3332                         AvailabilityMergeKind AMK, int Priority);
3333   TypeVisibilityAttr *
3334   mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
3335                           TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis);
3336   VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
3337                                       VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis);
3338   UuidAttr *mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
3339                           StringRef UuidAsWritten, MSGuidDecl *GuidDecl);
3340   DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI);
3341   DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI);
3342   MSInheritanceAttr *mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D,
3343                                             const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
3344                                             bool BestCase,
3345                                             MSInheritanceModel Model);
3346   FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
3347                               IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
3348                               int FirstArg);
3349   SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
3350                                 StringRef Name);
3351   CodeSegAttr *mergeCodeSegAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
3352                                 StringRef Name);
3353   AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D,
3354                                           const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
3355                                           const IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3356   MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI);
3357   SwiftNameAttr *mergeSwiftNameAttr(Decl *D, const SwiftNameAttr &SNA,
3358                                     StringRef Name);
3359   OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D,
3360                                           const AttributeCommonInfo &CI);
3361   InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL);
3362   InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D,
3363                                                 const InternalLinkageAttr &AL);
3364   WebAssemblyImportNameAttr *mergeImportNameAttr(
3365       Decl *D, const WebAssemblyImportNameAttr &AL);
3366   WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr *mergeImportModuleAttr(
3367       Decl *D, const WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr &AL);
3368   EnforceTCBAttr *mergeEnforceTCBAttr(Decl *D, const EnforceTCBAttr &AL);
3369   EnforceTCBLeafAttr *mergeEnforceTCBLeafAttr(Decl *D,
3370                                               const EnforceTCBLeafAttr &AL);
3371 
3372   void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
3373                            AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
3374   void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
3375                             LookupResult &OldDecls);
3376   bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S,
3377                          bool MergeTypeWithOld);
3378   bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3379                                     Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
3380   void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
3381   void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
3382   void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
3383   void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
3384   bool checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *OldDefn, VarDecl *NewDefn);
3385   void notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New);
3386   bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
3387 
3388   // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
3389   // to represent what is actually causing the operation
3390   enum AssignmentAction {
3391     AA_Assigning,
3392     AA_Passing,
3393     AA_Returning,
3394     AA_Converting,
3395     AA_Initializing,
3396     AA_Sending,
3397     AA_Casting,
3398     AA_Passing_CFAudited
3399   };
3400 
3401   /// C++ Overloading.
3402   enum OverloadKind {
3403     /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
3404     /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
3405     Ovl_Overload,
3406 
3407     /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
3408     /// an existing declaration.
3409     Ovl_Match,
3410 
3411     /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
3412     /// non-function.
3413     Ovl_NonFunction
3414   };
3415   OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
3416                              FunctionDecl *New,
3417                              const LookupResult &OldDecls,
3418                              NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
3419                              bool IsForUsingDecl);
3420   bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl,
3421                   bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true,
3422                   bool ConsiderRequiresClauses = true);
3423 
3424   enum class AllowedExplicit {
3425     /// Allow no explicit functions to be used.
3426     None,
3427     /// Allow explicit conversion functions but not explicit constructors.
3428     Conversions,
3429     /// Allow both explicit conversion functions and explicit constructors.
3430     All
3431   };
3432 
3433   ImplicitConversionSequence
3434   TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3435                         bool SuppressUserConversions,
3436                         AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit,
3437                         bool InOverloadResolution,
3438                         bool CStyle,
3439                         bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
3440 
3441   bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
3442   bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
3443   bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
3444   bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
3445                            bool InOverloadResolution,
3446                            QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
3447   bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
3448                                QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
3449   bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
3450                                  QualType &ConvertedType);
3451   bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
3452                                 QualType& ConvertedType);
3453   bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
3454                                   const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
3455                                   unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr);
3456   void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
3457                                   QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
3458 
3459   void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E);
3460   CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
3461   bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3462                               CastKind &Kind,
3463                               CXXCastPath& BasePath,
3464                               bool IgnoreBaseAccess,
3465                               bool Diagnose = true);
3466   bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
3467                                  bool InOverloadResolution,
3468                                  QualType &ConvertedType);
3469   bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3470                                     CastKind &Kind,
3471                                     CXXCastPath &BasePath,
3472                                     bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
3473   bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
3474                                  bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
3475   bool IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
3476                             QualType &ResultTy);
3477   bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
3478   bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
3479 
3480   bool CanPerformAggregateInitializationForOverloadResolution(
3481       const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *From);
3482 
3483   bool IsStringInit(Expr *Init, const ArrayType *AT);
3484 
3485   bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
3486                                     ExprResult Init);
3487   ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
3488                                        SourceLocation EqualLoc,
3489                                        ExprResult Init,
3490                                        bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
3491                                        bool AllowExplicit = false);
3492   ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
3493                                                  NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
3494                                                  NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
3495                                                  CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3496 
3497   /// Check that the lifetime of the initializer (and its subobjects) is
3498   /// sufficient for initializing the entity, and perform lifetime extension
3499   /// (when permitted) if not.
3500   void checkInitializerLifetime(const InitializedEntity &Entity, Expr *Init);
3501 
3502   ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
3503   ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
3504 
3505   /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
3506   enum CCEKind {
3507     CCEK_CaseValue,   ///< Expression in a case label.
3508     CCEK_Enumerator,  ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
3509     CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
3510     CCEK_ArrayBound,  ///< Array bound in array declarator or new-expression.
3511     CCEK_ExplicitBool ///< Condition in an explicit(bool) specifier.
3512   };
3513   ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
3514                                               llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
3515   ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
3516                                               APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE,
3517                                               NamedDecl *Dest = nullptr);
3518 
3519   /// Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
3520   /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
3521   class ContextualImplicitConverter {
3522   public:
3523     bool Suppress;
3524     bool SuppressConversion;
3525 
3526     ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
3527                                 bool SuppressConversion = false)
3528         : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
3529 
3530     /// Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
3531     /// for this conversion.
3532     virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
3533 
3534     /// Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
3535     /// integral or enumeration type.
3536     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
3537     diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
3538 
3539     /// Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
3540     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
3541     diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
3542 
3543     /// Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
3544     /// is explicit.
3545     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
3546         Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
3547 
3548     /// Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
3549     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
3550     noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
3551 
3552     /// Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
3553     /// functions.
3554     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
3555     diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
3556 
3557     /// Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
3558     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
3559     noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
3560 
3561     /// Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
3562     /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
3563     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
3564         Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
3565 
3566     virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
3567   };
3568 
3569   class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
3570     bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
3571 
3572   public:
3573     ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
3574                         bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
3575         : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
3576           AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
3577 
3578     /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
3579     bool match(QualType T) override;
3580 
3581     SemaDiagnosticBuilder
3582     diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
3583       return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
3584     }
3585 
3586     /// Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
3587     /// integral or enumeration type.
3588     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
3589     diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
3590   };
3591 
3592   /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
3593   ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
3594       SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
3595 
3596 
3597   enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
3598     OS_Array,
3599     OS_Dictionary,
3600     OS_Error
3601   };
3602   ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
3603 
3604   // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
3605   // this is used for diagnostics logic.
3606   enum ObjCLiteralKind {
3607     LK_Array,
3608     LK_Dictionary,
3609     LK_Numeric,
3610     LK_Boxed,
3611     LK_String,
3612     LK_Block,
3613     LK_None
3614   };
3615   ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
3616 
3617   ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
3618                                            NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
3619                                            NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
3620                                            NamedDecl *Member);
3621 
3622   // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
3623   // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
3624   typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
3625   typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
3626 
3627   using ADLCallKind = CallExpr::ADLCallKind;
3628 
3629   void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3630                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3631                             OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
3632                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
3633                             bool PartialOverloading = false,
3634                             bool AllowExplicit = true,
3635                             bool AllowExplicitConversion = false,
3636                             ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate = ADLCallKind::NotADL,
3637                             ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None,
3638                             OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {});
3639   void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
3640                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3641                       OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
3642                       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
3643                       bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
3644                       bool PartialOverloading = false,
3645                       bool FirstArgumentIsBase = false);
3646   void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3647                           QualType ObjectType,
3648                           Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
3649                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3650                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3651                           bool SuppressUserConversion = false,
3652                           OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {});
3653   void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
3654                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3655                           CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
3656                           Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
3657                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3658                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3659                           bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
3660                           bool PartialOverloading = false,
3661                           ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None,
3662                           OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {});
3663   void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
3664                                   DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3665                                   CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
3666                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
3667                                   QualType ObjectType,
3668                                   Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
3669                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3670                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3671                                   bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
3672                                   bool PartialOverloading = false,
3673                                   OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {});
3674   void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
3675       FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3676       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3677       OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
3678       bool PartialOverloading = false, bool AllowExplicit = true,
3679       ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate = ADLCallKind::NotADL,
3680       OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {});
3681   bool CheckNonDependentConversions(
3682       FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
3683       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
3684       ConversionSequenceList &Conversions, bool SuppressUserConversions,
3685       CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = nullptr, QualType ObjectType = QualType(),
3686       Expr::Classification ObjectClassification = {},
3687       OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {});
3688   void AddConversionCandidate(
3689       CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3690       CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3691       OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit,
3692       bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion = true);
3693   void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(
3694       FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3695       CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3696       OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit,
3697       bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion = true);
3698   void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
3699                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3700                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
3701                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3702                              Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3703                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
3704   void AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates(
3705       const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3706       OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
3707       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
3708   void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
3709                                    SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3710                                    OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
3711                                    OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {});
3712   void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3713                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3714                            bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
3715                            unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
3716   void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
3717                                     SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3718                                     OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
3719   void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
3720                                             SourceLocation Loc,
3721                                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3722                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
3723                                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3724                                             bool PartialOverloading = false);
3725 
3726   // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
3727   void NoteOverloadCandidate(
3728       NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn,
3729       OverloadCandidateRewriteKind RewriteKind = OverloadCandidateRewriteKind(),
3730       QualType DestType = QualType(), bool TakingAddress = false);
3731 
3732   // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by
3733   // the expression Expr
3734   void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(),
3735                                  bool TakingAddress = false);
3736 
3737   /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first
3738   /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful.
3739   EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, SourceLocation CallLoc,
3740                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3741                               bool MissingImplicitThis = false);
3742 
3743   /// Find the failed Boolean condition within a given Boolean
3744   /// constant expression, and describe it with a string.
3745   std::pair<Expr *, std::string> findFailedBooleanCondition(Expr *Cond);
3746 
3747   /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any
3748   /// non-ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs.
3749   ///
3750   /// Argument-dependent diagnose_if attributes should be checked each time a
3751   /// function is used as a direct callee of a function call.
3752   ///
3753   /// Returns true if any errors were emitted.
3754   bool diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function,
3755                                            const Expr *ThisArg,
3756                                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
3757                                            SourceLocation Loc);
3758 
3759   /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any
3760   /// ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs.
3761   ///
3762   /// Argument-independent diagnose_if attributes should be checked on every use
3763   /// of a function.
3764   ///
3765   /// Returns true if any errors were emitted.
3766   bool diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND,
3767                                              SourceLocation Loc);
3768 
3769   /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not,
3770   /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken.
3771   ///
3772   /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal.
3773   bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function,
3774                                          bool Complain = false,
3775                                          SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation());
3776 
3777   // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
3778   // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
3779   // R (A) --> R(A)
3780   // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
3781   // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
3782   // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
3783   QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
3784 
3785   FunctionDecl *
3786   ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
3787                                      QualType TargetType,
3788                                      bool Complain,
3789                                      DeclAccessPair &Found,
3790                                      bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr);
3791 
3792   FunctionDecl *
3793   resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair &FoundResult);
3794 
3795   bool resolveAndFixAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(
3796       ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConversion = false);
3797 
3798   FunctionDecl *
3799   ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
3800                                               bool Complain = false,
3801                                               DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr);
3802 
3803   bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
3804                       ExprResult &SrcExpr,
3805                       bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
3806                       bool Complain = false,
3807                       SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
3808                       QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
3809                       unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
3810 
3811 
3812   Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
3813                                        DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3814                                        FunctionDecl *Fn);
3815   ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
3816                                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3817                                             FunctionDecl *Fn);
3818 
3819   void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
3820                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3821                                    OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
3822                                    bool PartialOverloading = false);
3823   void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(
3824       LookupResult &R, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
3825       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
3826 
3827   // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
3828   // range-based for loop.
3829   enum ForRangeStatus {
3830     FRS_Success,
3831     FRS_NoViableFunction,
3832     FRS_DiagnosticIssued
3833   };
3834 
3835   ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc,
3836                                            SourceLocation RangeLoc,
3837                                            const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3838                                            LookupResult &MemberLookup,
3839                                            OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
3840                                            Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
3841 
3842   ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
3843                                      UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
3844                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3845                                      MultiExprArg Args,
3846                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3847                                      Expr *ExecConfig,
3848                                      bool AllowTypoCorrection=true,
3849                                      bool CalleesAddressIsTaken=false);
3850 
3851   bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
3852                               MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3853                               OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
3854                               ExprResult *Result);
3855 
3856   ExprResult CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
3857                                         NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLoc,
3858                                         DeclarationNameInfo DNI,
3859                                         const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
3860                                         bool PerformADL = true);
3861 
3862   ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3863                                      UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3864                                      const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
3865                                      Expr *input, bool RequiresADL = true);
3866 
3867   void LookupOverloadedBinOp(OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
3868                              OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
3869                              const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
3870                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, bool RequiresADL = true);
3871   ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3872                                    BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3873                                    const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
3874                                    Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS,
3875                                    bool RequiresADL = true,
3876                                    bool AllowRewrittenCandidates = true,
3877                                    FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn = nullptr);
3878   ExprResult BuildSynthesizedThreeWayComparison(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3879                                                 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
3880                                                 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS,
3881                                                 FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn);
3882 
3883   ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
3884                                                 SourceLocation RLoc,
3885                                                 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
3886 
3887   ExprResult BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
3888                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3889                                        MultiExprArg Args,
3890                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3891                                        bool AllowRecovery = false);
3892   ExprResult
3893   BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3894                                MultiExprArg Args,
3895                                SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3896 
3897   ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3898                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
3899                                       bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr);
3900 
3901   /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
3902   /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
3903   /// that best represents the call.
3904   bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
3905                            CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
3906 
3907   /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
3908   bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
3909                                 bool CheckParameterNames);
3910   void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
3911   void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
3912   Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
3913 
3914   /// \name Name lookup
3915   ///
3916   /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
3917   /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
3918   /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
3919   /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
3920   /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
3921   /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
3922   ///
3923   /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
3924   /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
3925   /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
3926   /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
3927   /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
3928   /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
3929   /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
3930   ///
3931   /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
3932   /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
3933   /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
3934   /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
3935   /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
3936   /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
3937   /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
3938   /// the ability to distinguish among them.
3939   //@{
3940 
3941   /// Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
3942   enum LookupNameKind {
3943     /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
3944     /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
3945     /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
3946     LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
3947     /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
3948     /// structs, and unions.
3949     LookupTagName,
3950     /// Label name lookup.
3951     LookupLabel,
3952     /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
3953     /// class/struct/union members.
3954     LookupMemberName,
3955     /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
3956     /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
3957     /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
3958     LookupOperatorName,
3959     /// Look up a name following ~ in a destructor name. This is an ordinary
3960     /// lookup, but prefers tags to typedefs.
3961     LookupDestructorName,
3962     /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
3963     /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
3964     /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
3965     LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
3966     /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
3967     /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
3968     /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
3969     LookupNamespaceName,
3970     /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
3971     /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
3972     /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
3973     LookupUsingDeclName,
3974     /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
3975     /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
3976     /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
3977     /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
3978     LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
3979     /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
3980     /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
3981     LookupLocalFriendName,
3982     /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
3983     LookupObjCProtocolName,
3984     /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
3985     LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
3986     /// Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined reduction operation.
3987     LookupOMPReductionName,
3988     /// Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined mapper.
3989     LookupOMPMapperName,
3990     /// Look up any declaration with any name.
3991     LookupAnyName
3992   };
3993 
3994   /// Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
3995   /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
3996   enum RedeclarationKind {
3997     /// The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
3998     /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
3999     NotForRedeclaration = 0,
4000     /// The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
4001     /// if an entity by that name already exists and is visible.
4002     ForVisibleRedeclaration,
4003     /// The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name
4004     /// with external linkage; non-visible lookup results with external linkage
4005     /// may also be found.
4006     ForExternalRedeclaration
4007   };
4008 
4009   RedeclarationKind forRedeclarationInCurContext() {
4010     // A declaration with an owning module for linkage can never link against
4011     // anything that is not visible. We don't need to check linkage here; if
4012     // the context has internal linkage, redeclaration lookup won't find things
4013     // from other TUs, and we can't safely compute linkage yet in general.
4014     if (cast<Decl>(CurContext)
4015             ->getOwningModuleForLinkage(/*IgnoreLinkage*/true))
4016       return ForVisibleRedeclaration;
4017     return ForExternalRedeclaration;
4018   }
4019 
4020   /// The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
4021   enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
4022     /// The lookup resulted in an error.
4023     LOLR_Error,
4024     /// The lookup found no match but no diagnostic was issued.
4025     LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic,
4026     /// The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
4027     /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
4028     LOLR_Cooked,
4029     /// The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
4030     /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
4031     LOLR_Raw,
4032     /// The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
4033     /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
4034     /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
4035     LOLR_Template,
4036     /// The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
4037     /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
4038     /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
4039     LOLR_StringTemplatePack,
4040   };
4041 
4042   SpecialMemberOverloadResult LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
4043                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
4044                                                   bool ConstArg,
4045                                                   bool VolatileArg,
4046                                                   bool RValueThis,
4047                                                   bool ConstThis,
4048                                                   bool VolatileThis);
4049 
4050   typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator;
4051   typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)>
4052       TypoRecoveryCallback;
4053 
4054 private:
4055   bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
4056 
4057   struct TypoExprState {
4058     std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer;
4059     TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler;
4060     TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler;
4061     TypoExprState();
4062     TypoExprState(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept;
4063     TypoExprState &operator=(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept;
4064   };
4065 
4066   /// The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state.
4067   llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos;
4068 
4069   /// Creates a new TypoExpr AST node.
4070   TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
4071                               TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
4072                               TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, SourceLocation TypoLoc);
4073 
4074   // The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
4075   //
4076   // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
4077   // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
4078   llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
4079 
4080   /// Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
4081   /// source.
4082   bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
4083 
4084   /// Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and
4085   /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction
4086   /// should be skipped entirely.
4087   std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer>
4088   makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
4089                              Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
4090                              CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4091                              CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
4092                              DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
4093                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4094                              bool ErrorRecovery);
4095 
4096 public:
4097   const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const;
4098 
4099   /// Clears the state of the given TypoExpr.
4100   void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE);
4101 
4102   /// Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
4103   /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
4104   ///
4105   /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
4106   /// ambiguity and overloaded.
4107   NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
4108                               SourceLocation Loc,
4109                               LookupNameKind NameKind,
4110                               RedeclarationKind Redecl
4111                                 = NotForRedeclaration);
4112   bool LookupBuiltin(LookupResult &R);
4113   void LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(Scope *S, unsigned ID);
4114   bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
4115                   bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
4116   bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
4117                            bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
4118   bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
4119                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4120   bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4121                         bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
4122                         bool EnteringContext = false);
4123   ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
4124                                    RedeclarationKind Redecl
4125                                      = NotForRedeclaration);
4126   bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4127 
4128   void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
4129                                     UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
4130 
4131   LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4132                                  SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
4133 
4134   DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4135   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4136   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4137                                                unsigned Quals);
4138   CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
4139                                          bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
4140   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4141                                               unsigned Quals);
4142   CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
4143                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
4144   CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4145 
4146   bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id,
4147                               bool IsUDSuffix);
4148   LiteralOperatorLookupResult
4149   LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
4150                         bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
4151                         bool AllowStringTemplate, bool DiagnoseMissing,
4152                         StringLiteral *StringLit = nullptr);
4153   bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
4154 
4155   /// Status of the function emission on the CUDA/HIP/OpenMP host/device attrs.
4156   enum class FunctionEmissionStatus {
4157     Emitted,
4158     CUDADiscarded,     // Discarded due to CUDA/HIP hostness
4159     OMPDiscarded,      // Discarded due to OpenMP hostness
4160     TemplateDiscarded, // Discarded due to uninstantiated templates
4161     Unknown,
4162   };
4163   FunctionEmissionStatus getEmissionStatus(FunctionDecl *Decl,
4164                                            bool Final = false);
4165 
4166   // Whether the callee should be ignored in CUDA/HIP/OpenMP host/device check.
4167   bool shouldIgnoreInHostDeviceCheck(FunctionDecl *Callee);
4168 
4169   void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
4170                                ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions);
4171 
4172   void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
4173                           VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
4174                           bool IncludeGlobalScope = true,
4175                           bool LoadExternal = true);
4176   void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
4177                           VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
4178                           bool IncludeGlobalScope = true,
4179                           bool IncludeDependentBases = false,
4180                           bool LoadExternal = true);
4181 
4182   enum CorrectTypoKind {
4183     CTK_NonError,     // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation.
4184     CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery.
4185   };
4186 
4187   TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
4188                              Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4189                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4190                              CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
4191                              CorrectTypoKind Mode,
4192                              DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
4193                              bool EnteringContext = false,
4194                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr,
4195                              bool RecordFailure = true);
4196 
4197   TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
4198                                Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
4199                                CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4200                                CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
4201                                TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
4202                                TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
4203                                DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
4204                                bool EnteringContext = false,
4205                                const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr);
4206 
4207   /// Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children,
4208   /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there
4209   /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or
4210   /// more typos could not be corrected.
4211   ///
4212   /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs.
4213   ///
4214   /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its
4215   /// initializer.
4216   ///
4217   /// \param RecoverUncorrectedTypos If true, when typo correction fails, it
4218   /// will rebuild the given Expr with all TypoExprs degraded to RecoveryExprs.
4219   ///
4220   /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if
4221   /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo
4222   /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different
4223   /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted.
4224   ExprResult CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
4225       Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
4226       bool RecoverUncorrectedTypos = false,
4227       llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
4228           [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; });
4229 
4230   ExprResult CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
4231       ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
4232       bool RecoverUncorrectedTypos = false,
4233       llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
4234           [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) {
4235     return ER.isInvalid()
4236                ? ER
4237                : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), InitDecl,
4238                                            RecoverUncorrectedTypos, Filter);
4239   }
4240 
4241   void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4242                     const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4243                     bool ErrorRecovery = true);
4244 
4245   void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4246                     const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4247                     const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
4248                     bool ErrorRecovery = true);
4249 
4250   void MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F);
4251 
4252   void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
4253                                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4254                                    AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
4255                                    AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
4256 
4257   void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
4258                             bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace);
4259 
4260   bool CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old);
4261 
4262   void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
4263   //@}
4264 
4265   /// Attempts to produce a RecoveryExpr after some AST node cannot be created.
4266   ExprResult CreateRecoveryExpr(SourceLocation Begin, SourceLocation End,
4267                                 ArrayRef<Expr *> SubExprs,
4268                                 QualType T = QualType());
4269 
4270   ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
4271                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
4272                                           bool TypoCorrection = false);
4273   FunctionDecl *CreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, QualType Type, unsigned ID,
4274                               SourceLocation Loc);
4275   NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
4276                                  Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
4277                                  SourceLocation Loc);
4278   NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
4279                                       Scope *S);
4280   void AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(
4281       FunctionDecl *FD);
4282   void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
4283 
4284   // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
4285 
4286   void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
4287   // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
4288   void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
4289   // Helper for delayed processing of attributes.
4290   void ProcessDeclAttributeDelayed(Decl *D,
4291                                    const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
4292   void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttributesView &AL,
4293                              bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
4294   bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
4295                                    const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
4296 
4297   void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
4298 
4299   /// Handles semantic checking for features that are common to all attributes,
4300   /// such as checking whether a parameter was properly specified, or the
4301   /// correct number of arguments were passed, etc. Returns true if the
4302   /// attribute has been diagnosed.
4303   bool checkCommonAttributeFeatures(const Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &A);
4304   bool checkCommonAttributeFeatures(const Stmt *S, const ParsedAttr &A);
4305 
4306   /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar
4307   /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by
4308   /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference
4309   /// type as valid.
4310   bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false);
4311 
4312   bool CheckRegparmAttr(const ParsedAttr &attr, unsigned &value);
4313   bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const ParsedAttr &attr, CallingConv &CC,
4314                             const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
4315   bool CheckAttrTarget(const ParsedAttr &CurrAttr);
4316   bool CheckAttrNoArgs(const ParsedAttr &CurrAttr);
4317   bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const ParsedAttr &Attr, unsigned ArgNum,
4318                                       StringRef &Str,
4319                                       SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
4320   llvm::Error isValidSectionSpecifier(StringRef Str);
4321   bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
4322   bool checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
4323   bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(
4324       CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
4325       MSInheritanceModel SemanticSpelling);
4326 
4327   void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
4328 
4329   /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
4330   /// wasn't specified explicitly.  This handles method types formed from
4331   /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
4332   void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor,
4333                               SourceLocation Loc);
4334 
4335   // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens.
4336   // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not
4337   // one that came from a typedef.
4338   bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType T);
4339 
4340   /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
4341   /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
4342   const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
4343 
4344   /// Process the attributes before creating an attributed statement. Returns
4345   /// the semantic attributes that have been processed.
4346   void ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt,
4347                              const ParsedAttributesWithRange &InAttrs,
4348                              SmallVectorImpl<const Attr *> &OutAttrs);
4349 
4350   void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
4351                                    ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
4352                                    bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
4353 
4354   void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
4355                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
4356                                    bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
4357 
4358   /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
4359   /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
4360   void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
4361                              ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
4362                              bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
4363 
4364   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
4365 
4366   /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
4367   /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
4368   void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
4369                                 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
4370                                 SourceLocation Loc);
4371 
4372   /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
4373   /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
4374   void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
4375                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
4376                                  bool IncompleteImpl = false);
4377 
4378   /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
4379   /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
4380   void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
4381                                        ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
4382                                        bool SynthesizeProperties);
4383 
4384   /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters.
4385   void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl);
4386 
4387   /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
4388   /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
4389   void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl *IMPDecl,
4390                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
4391                                    SourceLocation AtEnd);
4392   void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation AtEnd);
4393 
4394   /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
4395   /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
4396   /// declared in class 'IFace'.
4397   bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
4398                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
4399 
4400   /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
4401   /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
4402   void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S,
4403                                            const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
4404 
4405   /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
4406   /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
4407   /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
4408   ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
4409                                                const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
4410 
4411   /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
4412   /// class extensions.
4413   ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
4414                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
4415                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4416                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
4417                       Selector GetterSel,
4418                       SourceLocation GetterNameLoc,
4419                       Selector SetterSel,
4420                       SourceLocation SetterNameLoc,
4421                       const bool isReadWrite,
4422                       unsigned &Attributes,
4423                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
4424                       QualType T,
4425                       TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
4426                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
4427 
4428   /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
4429   /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
4430   ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
4431                                        ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
4432                                        SourceLocation AtLoc,
4433                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4434                                        FieldDeclarator &FD,
4435                                        Selector GetterSel,
4436                                        SourceLocation GetterNameLoc,
4437                                        Selector SetterSel,
4438                                        SourceLocation SetterNameLoc,
4439                                        const bool isReadWrite,
4440                                        const unsigned Attributes,
4441                                        const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
4442                                        QualType T,
4443                                        TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
4444                                        tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
4445                                        DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
4446 
4447   /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
4448   /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
4449   /// setter or getter.
4450   void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
4451                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl);
4452 
4453   void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
4454 
4455   void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(
4456                                           const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD,
4457                                           const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD);
4458 
4459   void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
4460 
4461   enum MethodMatchStrategy {
4462     MMS_loose,
4463     MMS_strict
4464   };
4465 
4466   /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
4467   /// true, or false, accordingly.
4468   bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
4469                                   const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
4470                                   MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
4471 
4472   /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
4473   /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
4474   void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
4475                                   const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
4476                                   SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
4477                                   SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
4478                                   ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
4479                                   ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
4480                                   bool &IncompleteImpl,
4481                                   bool ImmediateClass,
4482                                   bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
4483 
4484   /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
4485   /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
4486   /// warns each time an exact match is found.
4487   void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
4488 
4489   /// Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
4490   void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
4491 
4492   /// Returns default addr space for method qualifiers.
4493   LangAS getDefaultCXXMethodAddrSpace() const;
4494 
4495 private:
4496   /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
4497   /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
4498   void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
4499 
4500   /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
4501   /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
4502   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
4503                                            bool receiverIdOrClass,
4504                                            bool instance);
4505 
4506 public:
4507   /// - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for
4508   /// given selector. It checks the desired kind first, if none is found, and
4509   /// parameter checkTheOther is set, it then checks the other kind. If no such
4510   /// method or only one method is found, function returns false; otherwise, it
4511   /// returns true.
4512   bool
4513   CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel,
4514                                      SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods,
4515                                      bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther,
4516                                      const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound = nullptr);
4517 
4518   bool
4519   AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod,
4520                                  SourceRange R, bool receiverIdOrClass,
4521                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods);
4522 
4523   void
4524   DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods,
4525                                      Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
4526                                      bool receiverIdOrClass);
4527 
4528 private:
4529   /// - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or
4530   /// nullptr if none could be found
4531   ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args,
4532                                    bool IsInstance,
4533                                    SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods);
4534 
4535 
4536   /// Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
4537   TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
4538                                   bool RecordFailure = true) {
4539     if (RecordFailure)
4540       TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
4541     return TypoCorrection();
4542   }
4543 
4544 public:
4545   /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
4546   /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
4547   /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
4548   /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
4549   void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
4550     AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
4551   }
4552 
4553   /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
4554   void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
4555     AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
4556   }
4557 
4558   /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
4559   /// pool.
4560   void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
4561 
4562   /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
4563   /// there are multiple signatures.
4564   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
4565                                                    bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
4566     return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
4567                                     /*instance*/true);
4568   }
4569 
4570   /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
4571   /// there are multiple signatures.
4572   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
4573                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
4574     return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
4575                                     /*instance*/false);
4576   }
4577 
4578   const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
4579                               QualType ObjectType=QualType());
4580   /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
4581   /// implementation.
4582   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
4583 
4584   /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
4585   /// initialization.
4586   void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
4587                                   SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
4588 
4589   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4590   // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
4591 public:
4592   class FullExprArg {
4593   public:
4594     FullExprArg() : E(nullptr) { }
4595     FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { }
4596 
4597     ExprResult release() {
4598       return E;
4599     }
4600 
4601     Expr *get() const { return E; }
4602 
4603     Expr *operator->() {
4604       return E;
4605     }
4606 
4607   private:
4608     // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
4609     // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
4610     friend class Sema;
4611 
4612     explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
4613 
4614     Expr *E;
4615   };
4616 
4617   FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
4618     return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
4619   }
4620   FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
4621     return FullExprArg(
4622         ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC, /*DiscardedValue*/ false).get());
4623   }
4624   FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
4625     ExprResult FE =
4626         ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
4627                             /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
4628     return FullExprArg(FE.get());
4629   }
4630 
4631   StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg, bool DiscardedValue = true);
4632   StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
4633 
4634   StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
4635                            bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
4636 
4637   void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(bool IsStmtExpr);
4638   void ActOnAfterCompoundStatementLeadingPragmas();
4639   void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
4640   StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
4641                                ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
4642 
4643   /// A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
4644   class CompoundScopeRAII {
4645   public:
4646     CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S, bool IsStmtExpr = false) : S(S) {
4647       S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(IsStmtExpr);
4648     }
4649 
4650     ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
4651       S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
4652     }
4653 
4654   private:
4655     Sema &S;
4656   };
4657 
4658   /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit.
4659   struct FunctionScopeRAII {
4660     Sema &S;
4661     bool Active;
4662     FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {}
4663     ~FunctionScopeRAII() {
4664       if (Active)
4665         S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
4666     }
4667     void disable() { Active = false; }
4668   };
4669 
4670   StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
4671                                    SourceLocation StartLoc,
4672                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
4673   void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
4674   StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
4675   ExprResult ActOnCaseExpr(SourceLocation CaseLoc, ExprResult Val);
4676   StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, ExprResult LHS,
4677                            SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, ExprResult RHS,
4678                            SourceLocation ColonLoc);
4679   void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
4680 
4681   StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
4682                                       SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4683                                       Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
4684   StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
4685                             SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
4686 
4687   StmtResult BuildAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrsLoc,
4688                                  ArrayRef<const Attr *> Attrs, Stmt *SubStmt);
4689   StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(const ParsedAttributesWithRange &AttrList,
4690                                  Stmt *SubStmt);
4691 
4692   class ConditionResult;
4693   StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr,
4694                          SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt,
4695                          ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4696                          Stmt *ThenVal, SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
4697   StmtResult BuildIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr,
4698                          SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt,
4699                          ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4700                          Stmt *ThenVal, SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
4701   StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
4702                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt,
4703                                     ConditionResult Cond,
4704                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4705   StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
4706                                            Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
4707   StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4708                             ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4709                             Stmt *Body);
4710   StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
4711                          SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation CondLParen,
4712                          Expr *Cond, SourceLocation CondRParen);
4713 
4714   StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
4715                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4716                           Stmt *First,
4717                           ConditionResult Second,
4718                           FullExprArg Third,
4719                           SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4720                           Stmt *Body);
4721   ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
4722                                            Expr *collection);
4723   StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
4724                                         Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
4725                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4726   StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
4727 
4728   enum BuildForRangeKind {
4729     /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
4730     BFRK_Build,
4731     /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
4732     /// attempt any typo-correction.
4733     BFRK_Rebuild,
4734     /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
4735     /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
4736     BFRK_Check
4737   };
4738 
4739   StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc,
4740                                   SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
4741                                   Stmt *InitStmt,
4742                                   Stmt *LoopVar,
4743                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
4744                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4745                                   BuildForRangeKind Kind);
4746   StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
4747                                   SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
4748                                   Stmt *InitStmt,
4749                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4750                                   Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *Begin, Stmt *End,
4751                                   Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
4752                                   Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
4753                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4754                                   BuildForRangeKind Kind);
4755   StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
4756 
4757   StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
4758                            SourceLocation LabelLoc,
4759                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
4760   StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
4761                                    SourceLocation StarLoc,
4762                                    Expr *DestExp);
4763   StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4764   StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4765 
4766   void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
4767                                 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
4768   typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType;
4769   void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
4770                                 CapturedRegionKind Kind,
4771                                 ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params,
4772                                 unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel = 0);
4773   StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
4774   void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
4775   RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
4776                                            SourceLocation Loc,
4777                                            unsigned NumParams);
4778 
4779   struct NamedReturnInfo {
4780     const VarDecl *Candidate;
4781 
4782     enum Status : uint8_t { None, MoveEligible, MoveEligibleAndCopyElidable };
4783     Status S;
4784 
4785     bool isMoveEligible() const { return S != None; };
4786     bool isCopyElidable() const { return S == MoveEligibleAndCopyElidable; }
4787   };
4788   enum class SimplerImplicitMoveMode { ForceOff, Normal, ForceOn };
4789   NamedReturnInfo getNamedReturnInfo(
4790       Expr *&E, SimplerImplicitMoveMode Mode = SimplerImplicitMoveMode::Normal);
4791   NamedReturnInfo getNamedReturnInfo(const VarDecl *VD);
4792   const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(NamedReturnInfo &Info,
4793                                          QualType ReturnType);
4794 
4795   ExprResult
4796   PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4797                                   const NamedReturnInfo &NRInfo, Expr *Value,
4798                                   bool SupressSimplerImplicitMoves = false);
4799 
4800   StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
4801                              Scope *CurScope);
4802   StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
4803   StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
4804                                      NamedReturnInfo &NRInfo,
4805                                      bool SupressSimplerImplicitMoves);
4806 
4807   StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
4808                              bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
4809                              unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
4810                              MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
4811                              Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
4812                              unsigned NumLabels,
4813                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4814 
4815   void FillInlineAsmIdentifierInfo(Expr *Res,
4816                                    llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info);
4817   ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4818                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4819                                        UnqualifiedId &Id,
4820                                        bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
4821   bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
4822                             unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
4823   ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member,
4824                                          SourceLocation AsmLoc);
4825   StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
4826                             ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
4827                             StringRef AsmString,
4828                             unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
4829                             ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
4830                             ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
4831                             ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
4832                             SourceLocation EndLoc);
4833   LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName,
4834                                    SourceLocation Location,
4835                                    bool AlwaysCreate);
4836 
4837   VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
4838                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
4839                                   SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
4840                                   bool Invalid = false);
4841 
4842   Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4843 
4844   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
4845                                   Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
4846 
4847   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
4848 
4849   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
4850                                 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
4851 
4852   StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
4853   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
4854                                   Scope *CurScope);
4855   ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
4856                                             Expr *operand);
4857   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4858                                          Expr *SynchExpr,
4859                                          Stmt *SynchBody);
4860 
4861   StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
4862 
4863   VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4864                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
4865                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
4866                                      IdentifierInfo *Id);
4867 
4868   Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4869 
4870   StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
4871                                 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
4872   StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
4873                               ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
4874 
4875   StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
4876                               SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
4877                               Stmt *Handler);
4878   StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
4879                                  Expr *FilterExpr,
4880                                  Stmt *Block);
4881   void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock();
4882   void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock();
4883   StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block);
4884   StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope);
4885 
4886   void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
4887 
4888   bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
4889 
4890   /// If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
4891   /// of it.
4892   void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
4893 
4894   /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
4895   /// whose result is unused, warn.
4896   void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
4897   void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D);
4898   void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
4899 
4900   /// If VD is set but not otherwise used, diagnose, for a parameter or a
4901   /// variable.
4902   void DiagnoseUnusedButSetDecl(const VarDecl *VD);
4903 
4904   /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
4905   /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
4906   ///
4907   /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
4908   ///     if (condition);
4909   ///       do_stuff();
4910   void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4911                              const Stmt *Body,
4912                              unsigned DiagID);
4913 
4914   /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
4915   /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
4916   void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
4917                              const Stmt *PossibleBody);
4918 
4919   /// Warn if a value is moved to itself.
4920   void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
4921                         SourceLocation OpLoc);
4922 
4923   /// Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a
4924   /// _Nonnull one.
4925   void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4926                                            SourceLocation Loc);
4927 
4928   /// Warn when implicitly casting 0 to nullptr.
4929   void diagnoseZeroToNullptrConversion(CastKind Kind, const Expr *E);
4930 
4931   ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
4932     return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
4933   }
4934   void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
4935 
4936   typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
4937   ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
4938     ParsingClassDepth++;
4939     return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
4940   }
4941   void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
4942     ParsingClassDepth--;
4943     DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
4944   }
4945 
4946   void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
4947 
4948   void DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs,
4949                                   const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
4950                                   bool ObjCPropertyAccess,
4951                                   bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false,
4952                                   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver = nullptr);
4953 
4954   bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
4955                                      UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason);
4956 
4957   /// Issue any -Wunguarded-availability warnings in \c FD
4958   void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *FD);
4959 
4960   void handleDelayedAvailabilityCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
4961 
4962   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4963   // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
4964 
4965   bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid);
4966   bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs,
4967                          const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass = nullptr,
4968                          bool ObjCPropertyAccess = false,
4969                          bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false,
4970                          ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReciever = nullptr);
4971   void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
4972   void NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
4973   bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
4974                                         ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
4975                                         SourceLocation Loc);
4976   void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
4977                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
4978 
4979   void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
4980       ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
4981       ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind Type =
4982           ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other);
4983   enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
4984   void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
4985       ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
4986       ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind Type =
4987           ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other);
4988   void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
4989 
4990   void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
4991 
4992   ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
4993   ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
4994 
4995   ExprResult CheckUnevaluatedOperand(Expr *E);
4996   void CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment(Expr *E);
4997 
4998   ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
4999 
5000   // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
5001   // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
5002   // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
5003   // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
5004   // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
5005   // named expressions.
5006   //
5007   // MightBeOdrUse indicates whether the use could possibly be an odr-use, and
5008   // should usually be true. This only needs to be set to false if the lack of
5009   // odr-use cannot be determined from the current context (for instance,
5010   // because the name denotes a virtual function and was written without an
5011   // explicit nested-name-specifier).
5012   void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool MightBeOdrUse);
5013   void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
5014                               bool MightBeOdrUse = true);
5015   void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
5016   void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base = nullptr);
5017   void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
5018   void MarkFunctionParmPackReferenced(FunctionParmPackExpr *E);
5019   void MarkCaptureUsedInEnclosingContext(VarDecl *Capture, SourceLocation Loc,
5020                                          unsigned CapturingScopeIndex);
5021 
5022   ExprResult CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(Expr *E);
5023   void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
5024 
5025   enum TryCaptureKind {
5026     TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
5027   };
5028 
5029   /// Try to capture the given variable.
5030   ///
5031   /// \param Var The variable to capture.
5032   ///
5033   /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
5034   ///
5035   /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
5036   /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
5037   ///
5038   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
5039   /// an explicit lambda capture.
5040   ///
5041   /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
5042   /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
5043   /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
5044   /// if the variable cannot be captured.
5045   ///
5046   /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
5047   /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
5048   /// variable can be captured.
5049   ///
5050   /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
5051   /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
5052   /// captured.
5053   ///
5054   /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
5055   /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
5056   /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
5057   /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
5058   /// a nested generic lambda.
5059   ///
5060   /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
5061   /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
5062   bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
5063                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
5064                           QualType &CaptureType,
5065                           QualType &DeclRefType,
5066                           const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
5067 
5068   /// Try to capture the given variable.
5069   bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
5070                           TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
5071                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
5072 
5073   /// Checks if the variable must be captured.
5074   bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
5075 
5076   /// Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
5077   /// variable will have in the given scope.
5078   QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
5079 
5080   /// Mark all of the declarations referenced within a particular AST node as
5081   /// referenced. Used when template instantiation instantiates a non-dependent
5082   /// type -- entities referenced by the type are now referenced.
5083   void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
5084   void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
5085                                         bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
5086 
5087   /// Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
5088   /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
5089   /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
5090   bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
5091                             bool ForceComplain = false,
5092                             bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr);
5093 
5094   /// Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
5095   bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
5096                      UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
5097 
5098   /// Try to convert an expression \p E to type \p Ty. Returns the result of the
5099   /// conversion.
5100   ExprResult tryConvertExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Ty);
5101 
5102   /// Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
5103   /// evaluation context.
5104   ///
5105   /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
5106   /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
5107   /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
5108   /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
5109   bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
5110                            const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
5111   /// Similar, but diagnostic is only produced if all the specified statements
5112   /// are reachable.
5113   bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<const Stmt*> Stmts,
5114                            const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
5115 
5116   // Primary Expressions.
5117   SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
5118 
5119   ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(
5120       Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5121       UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
5122       CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr,
5123       bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr);
5124 
5125   void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
5126                               TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
5127                               DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5128                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
5129 
5130   bool DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(LookupResult &R);
5131 
5132   bool
5133   DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
5134                       CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
5135                       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
5136                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr);
5137 
5138   DeclResult LookupIvarInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
5139                                     IdentifierInfo *II);
5140   ExprResult BuildIvarRefExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
5141 
5142   ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
5143                                 IdentifierInfo *II,
5144                                 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
5145 
5146   ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5147                                         SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5148                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5149                                         bool isAddressOfOperand,
5150                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5151 
5152   /// If \p D cannot be odr-used in the current expression evaluation context,
5153   /// return a reason explaining why. Otherwise, return NOUR_None.
5154   NonOdrUseReason getNonOdrUseReasonInCurrentContext(ValueDecl *D);
5155 
5156   DeclRefExpr *BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
5157                                 SourceLocation Loc,
5158                                 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
5159   DeclRefExpr *
5160   BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
5161                    const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5162                    const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
5163                    NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
5164                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation(),
5165                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
5166   DeclRefExpr *
5167   BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
5168                    const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5169                    NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
5170                    NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
5171                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation(),
5172                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
5173 
5174   ExprResult
5175   BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5176       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5177       SourceLocation nameLoc,
5178       IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
5179       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none),
5180       Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr,
5181       SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
5182 
5183   ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(
5184       const CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, LookupResult &R,
5185       const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, const Scope *S,
5186       UnresolvedLookupExpr *AsULE = nullptr);
5187   ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5188                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5189                                      LookupResult &R,
5190                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
5191                                      bool IsDefiniteInstance,
5192                                      const Scope *S);
5193   bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5194                                   const LookupResult &R,
5195                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
5196 
5197   ExprResult
5198   BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5199                                     const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5200                                     bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S,
5201                                     TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr);
5202 
5203   ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5204                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5205                                 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5206                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5207 
5208   ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5209                                       LookupResult &R,
5210                                       bool NeedsADL,
5211                                       bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
5212   ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
5213       const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
5214       NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
5215       const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr,
5216       bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
5217 
5218   ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
5219                       DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
5220                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5221                       SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
5222                       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
5223 
5224   ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
5225                                  PredefinedExpr::IdentKind IK);
5226   ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
5227   ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
5228 
5229   ExprResult BuildSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5230                                            SourceLocation LParen,
5231                                            SourceLocation RParen,
5232                                            TypeSourceInfo *TSI);
5233   ExprResult ActOnSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5234                                            SourceLocation LParen,
5235                                            SourceLocation RParen,
5236                                            ParsedType ParsedTy);
5237 
5238   bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
5239 
5240   ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
5241   ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok,
5242                                     Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
5243   ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
5244   ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
5245                                 SourceLocation R,
5246                                 MultiExprArg Val);
5247 
5248   /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
5249   /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
5250   ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks,
5251                                 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
5252 
5253   ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
5254                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
5255                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5256                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
5257                                        ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
5258                                        ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
5259   ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
5260                                         SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
5261                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5262                                         Expr *ControllingExpr,
5263                                         ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
5264                                         ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
5265 
5266   // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5267   ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
5268                                   Expr *InputExpr);
5269   ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5270                           UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
5271   ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5272                           tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
5273 
5274   bool isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E);
5275   QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
5276 
5277   ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5278                                             SourceLocation OpLoc,
5279                                             UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
5280                                             SourceRange R);
5281   ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5282                                             UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
5283   ExprResult
5284     ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5285                                   UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
5286                                   bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
5287                                   SourceRange ArgRange);
5288 
5289   ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
5290   bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
5291 
5292   bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
5293   bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5294                                         SourceRange ExprRange,
5295                                         UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
5296   ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
5297                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
5298                                           IdentifierInfo &Name,
5299                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
5300                                           SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5301   ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5302                                  tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
5303 
5304   ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
5305                                      Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
5306   ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
5307                                              Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
5308 
5309   ExprResult CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *RowIdx,
5310                                               Expr *ColumnIdx,
5311                                               SourceLocation RBLoc);
5312 
5313   ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc,
5314                                       Expr *LowerBound,
5315                                       SourceLocation ColonLocFirst,
5316                                       SourceLocation ColonLocSecond,
5317                                       Expr *Length, Expr *Stride,
5318                                       SourceLocation RBLoc);
5319   ExprResult ActOnOMPArrayShapingExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5320                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5321                                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Dims,
5322                                       ArrayRef<SourceRange> Brackets);
5323 
5324   /// Data structure for iterator expression.
5325   struct OMPIteratorData {
5326     IdentifierInfo *DeclIdent = nullptr;
5327     SourceLocation DeclIdentLoc;
5328     ParsedType Type;
5329     OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorRange Range;
5330     SourceLocation AssignLoc;
5331     SourceLocation ColonLoc;
5332     SourceLocation SecColonLoc;
5333   };
5334 
5335   ExprResult ActOnOMPIteratorExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation IteratorKwLoc,
5336                                   SourceLocation LLoc, SourceLocation RLoc,
5337                                   ArrayRef<OMPIteratorData> Data);
5338 
5339   // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
5340   // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
5341   // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
5342   // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
5343   // defines a custom operator->).
5344   struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
5345     Scope *S;
5346     UnqualifiedId &Id;
5347     Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
5348   };
5349 
5350   ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(
5351       Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
5352       CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5353       NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5354       const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
5355       const Scope *S,
5356       ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
5357 
5358   ExprResult
5359   BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5360                            bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5361                            SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5362                            NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R,
5363                            const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
5364                            const Scope *S,
5365                            bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
5366                            ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
5367 
5368   ExprResult BuildFieldReferenceExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, bool IsArrow,
5369                                      SourceLocation OpLoc,
5370                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, FieldDecl *Field,
5371                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5372                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo);
5373 
5374   ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
5375 
5376   bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
5377                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5378                                      const LookupResult &R);
5379 
5380   ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
5381                                       bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5382                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5383                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5384                                       NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
5385                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5386                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5387 
5388   ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5389                                    SourceLocation OpLoc,
5390                                    tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5391                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5392                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5393                                    UnqualifiedId &Member,
5394                                    Decl *ObjCImpDecl);
5395 
5396   MemberExpr *
5397   BuildMemberExpr(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5398                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5399                   ValueDecl *Member, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5400                   bool HadMultipleCandidates,
5401                   const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo, QualType Ty,
5402                   ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
5403                   const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
5404   MemberExpr *
5405   BuildMemberExpr(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5406                   NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5407                   ValueDecl *Member, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5408                   bool HadMultipleCandidates,
5409                   const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo, QualType Ty,
5410                   ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
5411                   const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
5412 
5413   void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
5414   bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
5415                                FunctionDecl *FDecl,
5416                                const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
5417                                ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5418                                SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5419                                bool ExecConfig = false);
5420   void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
5421                                 ParmVarDecl *Param,
5422                                 const Expr *ArgExpr);
5423 
5424   /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
5425   /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
5426   /// locations.
5427   ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5428                            MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5429                            Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr);
5430   ExprResult BuildCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5431                            MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5432                            Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
5433                            bool IsExecConfig = false,
5434                            bool AllowRecovery = false);
5435   Expr *BuildBuiltinCallExpr(SourceLocation Loc, Builtin::ID Id,
5436                              MultiExprArg CallArgs);
5437   enum class AtomicArgumentOrder { API, AST };
5438   ExprResult
5439   BuildAtomicExpr(SourceRange CallRange, SourceRange ExprRange,
5440                   SourceLocation RParenLoc, MultiExprArg Args,
5441                   AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op,
5442                   AtomicArgumentOrder ArgOrder = AtomicArgumentOrder::API);
5443   ExprResult
5444   BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5445                         ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5446                         Expr *Config = nullptr, bool IsExecConfig = false,
5447                         ADLCallKind UsesADL = ADLCallKind::NotADL);
5448 
5449   ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
5450                                      MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
5451                                      SourceLocation GGGLoc);
5452 
5453   ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5454                            Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
5455                            SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
5456   ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5457                                  TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
5458                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5459                                  Expr *Op);
5460   CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
5461 
5462   /// Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
5463   ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5464                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
5465                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
5466 
5467   ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
5468 
5469   ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5470                                   ParsedType Ty,
5471                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5472                                   Expr *InitExpr);
5473 
5474   ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5475                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5476                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5477                                       Expr *LiteralExpr);
5478 
5479   ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
5480                            MultiExprArg InitArgList,
5481                            SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
5482 
5483   ExprResult BuildInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
5484                            MultiExprArg InitArgList,
5485                            SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
5486 
5487   ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
5488                                         SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc,
5489                                         bool GNUSyntax,
5490                                         ExprResult Init);
5491 
5492 private:
5493   static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind);
5494 
5495 public:
5496   ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5497                         tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
5498   ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5499                         BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
5500   ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
5501                                 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
5502   void LookupBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
5503                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
5504 
5505   void DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc);
5506 
5507   /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
5508   /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
5509   ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
5510                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5511                                 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
5512 
5513   /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
5514   ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
5515                             LabelDecl *TheDecl);
5516 
5517   void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
5518   ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
5519                            SourceLocation RPLoc);
5520   ExprResult BuildStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
5521                            SourceLocation RPLoc, unsigned TemplateDepth);
5522   // Handle the final expression in a statement expression.
5523   ExprResult ActOnStmtExprResult(ExprResult E);
5524   void ActOnStmtExprError();
5525 
5526   // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
5527   struct OffsetOfComponent {
5528     SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
5529     bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
5530     union {
5531       IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
5532       Expr *E;
5533     } U;
5534   };
5535 
5536   /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
5537   ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5538                                   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5539                                   ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
5540                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5541   ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5542                                   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5543                                   SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5544                                   ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
5545                                   ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
5546                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5547 
5548   // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
5549   ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5550                              Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
5551                              Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
5552 
5553   // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
5554   ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
5555                         SourceLocation RPLoc);
5556   ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
5557                             TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
5558 
5559   // __builtin_LINE(), __builtin_FUNCTION(), __builtin_FILE(),
5560   // __builtin_COLUMN()
5561   ExprResult ActOnSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind,
5562                                 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5563                                 SourceLocation RPLoc);
5564 
5565   // Build a potentially resolved SourceLocExpr.
5566   ExprResult BuildSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind,
5567                                 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, SourceLocation RPLoc,
5568                                 DeclContext *ParentContext);
5569 
5570   // __null
5571   ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
5572 
5573   bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
5574 
5575   /// Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
5576   enum IfExistsResult {
5577     /// The symbol exists.
5578     IER_Exists,
5579 
5580     /// The symbol does not exist.
5581     IER_DoesNotExist,
5582 
5583     /// The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
5584     /// from one instantiation to the next.
5585     IER_Dependent,
5586 
5587     /// An error occurred.
5588     IER_Error
5589   };
5590 
5591   IfExistsResult
5592   CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5593                                const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
5594 
5595   IfExistsResult
5596   CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5597                                bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5598                                UnqualifiedId &Name);
5599 
5600   StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5601                                         bool IsIfExists,
5602                                         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5603                                         DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
5604                                         Stmt *Nested);
5605   StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5606                                         bool IsIfExists,
5607                                         CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
5608                                         Stmt *Nested);
5609 
5610   //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
5611 
5612   /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
5613   /// started.
5614   void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
5615 
5616   /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
5617   /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
5618   void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
5619                            Scope *CurScope);
5620 
5621   /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5622   /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5623   void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
5624 
5625   /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5626   /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
5627   ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
5628                                 Scope *CurScope);
5629 
5630   //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
5631 
5632   /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
5633   ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
5634                                     SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5635                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5636 
5637   //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
5638 
5639   /// __builtin_astype(...)
5640   ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
5641                              SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5642                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5643   ExprResult BuildAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, QualType DestTy,
5644                              SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5645                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5646 
5647   //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
5648 
5649   // Act on C++ namespaces
5650   Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
5651                                SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
5652                                SourceLocation IdentLoc, IdentifierInfo *Ident,
5653                                SourceLocation LBrace,
5654                                const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList,
5655                                UsingDirectiveDecl *&UsingDecl);
5656   void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
5657 
5658   NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
5659   NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
5660 
5661   NamespaceDecl *lookupStdExperimentalNamespace();
5662 
5663   CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
5664   EnumDecl *getStdAlignValT() const;
5665 
5666 private:
5667   // A cache representing if we've fully checked the various comparison category
5668   // types stored in ASTContext. The bit-index corresponds to the integer value
5669   // of a ComparisonCategoryType enumerator.
5670   llvm::SmallBitVector FullyCheckedComparisonCategories;
5671 
5672   ValueDecl *tryLookupCtorInitMemberDecl(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
5673                                          CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5674                                          ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5675                                          IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase);
5676 
5677 public:
5678   enum class ComparisonCategoryUsage {
5679     /// The '<=>' operator was used in an expression and a builtin operator
5680     /// was selected.
5681     OperatorInExpression,
5682     /// A defaulted 'operator<=>' needed the comparison category. This
5683     /// typically only applies to 'std::strong_ordering', due to the implicit
5684     /// fallback return value.
5685     DefaultedOperator,
5686   };
5687 
5688   /// Lookup the specified comparison category types in the standard
5689   ///   library, an check the VarDecls possibly returned by the operator<=>
5690   ///   builtins for that type.
5691   ///
5692   /// \return The type of the comparison category type corresponding to the
5693   ///   specified Kind, or a null type if an error occurs
5694   QualType CheckComparisonCategoryType(ComparisonCategoryType Kind,
5695                                        SourceLocation Loc,
5696                                        ComparisonCategoryUsage Usage);
5697 
5698   /// Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
5699   /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
5700   bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
5701 
5702   /// Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
5703   /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
5704   ///
5705   /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
5706   QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
5707 
5708   /// Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
5709   /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
5710   bool isInitListConstructor(const FunctionDecl *Ctor);
5711 
5712   Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, SourceLocation UsingLoc,
5713                             SourceLocation NamespcLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5714                             SourceLocation IdentLoc,
5715                             IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
5716                             const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
5717 
5718   void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
5719 
5720   Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
5721                                SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
5722                                SourceLocation AliasLoc,
5723                                IdentifierInfo *Alias,
5724                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5725                                SourceLocation IdentLoc,
5726                                IdentifierInfo *Ident);
5727 
5728   void FilterUsingLookup(Scope *S, LookupResult &lookup);
5729   void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
5730   bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(BaseUsingDecl *BUD, NamedDecl *Target,
5731                             const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
5732                             UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
5733   UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, BaseUsingDecl *BUD,
5734                                         NamedDecl *Target,
5735                                         UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
5736 
5737   bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
5738                                    bool HasTypenameKeyword,
5739                                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5740                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
5741                                    const LookupResult &Previous);
5742   bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, bool HasTypename,
5743                                const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5744                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5745                                SourceLocation NameLoc,
5746                                const LookupResult *R = nullptr,
5747                                const UsingDecl *UD = nullptr);
5748 
5749   NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(
5750       Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation UsingLoc,
5751       bool HasTypenameKeyword, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5752       DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5753       const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, bool IsInstantiation,
5754       bool IsUsingIfExists);
5755   NamedDecl *BuildUsingEnumDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
5756                                        SourceLocation UsingLoc,
5757                                        SourceLocation EnumLoc,
5758                                        SourceLocation NameLoc, EnumDecl *ED);
5759   NamedDecl *BuildUsingPackDecl(NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom,
5760                                 ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Expansions);
5761 
5762   bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
5763 
5764   /// Given a derived-class using shadow declaration for a constructor and the
5765   /// correspnding base class constructor, find or create the implicit
5766   /// synthesized derived class constructor to use for this initialization.
5767   CXXConstructorDecl *
5768   findInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor,
5769                             ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *DerivedShadow);
5770 
5771   Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS,
5772                               SourceLocation UsingLoc,
5773                               SourceLocation TypenameLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5774                               UnqualifiedId &Name, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5775                               const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
5776   Decl *ActOnUsingEnumDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS,
5777                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
5778                                   SourceLocation EnumLoc, const DeclSpec &);
5779   Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS,
5780                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
5781                               SourceLocation UsingLoc, UnqualifiedId &Name,
5782                               const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList,
5783                               TypeResult Type, Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec);
5784 
5785   /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
5786   /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
5787   ///
5788   /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
5789   ExprResult
5790   BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
5791                         NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
5792                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
5793                         bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
5794                         bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
5795                         bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
5796                         SourceRange ParenRange);
5797 
5798   /// Build a CXXConstructExpr whose constructor has already been resolved if
5799   /// it denotes an inherited constructor.
5800   ExprResult
5801   BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
5802                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
5803                         MultiExprArg Exprs,
5804                         bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
5805                         bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
5806                         bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
5807                         SourceRange ParenRange);
5808 
5809   // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
5810   // the constructor can be elidable?
5811   ExprResult
5812   BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
5813                         NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
5814                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
5815                         MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
5816                         bool IsListInitialization,
5817                         bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
5818                         unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
5819 
5820   ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field);
5821 
5822 
5823   /// Instantiate or parse a C++ default argument expression as necessary.
5824   /// Return true on error.
5825   bool CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD,
5826                               ParmVarDecl *Param);
5827 
5828   /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
5829   /// the default expr if needed.
5830   ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
5831                                     FunctionDecl *FD,
5832                                     ParmVarDecl *Param);
5833 
5834   /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
5835   /// constructed variable.
5836   void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
5837 
5838   /// Helper class that collects exception specifications for
5839   /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
5840   class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
5841     // Pointer to allow copying
5842     Sema *Self;
5843     // We order exception specifications thus:
5844     // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
5845     // throw() comes next.
5846     // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
5847     // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
5848     // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
5849     ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
5850     llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
5851     SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
5852 
5853     void ClearExceptions() {
5854       ExceptionsSeen.clear();
5855       Exceptions.clear();
5856     }
5857 
5858   public:
5859     explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
5860       : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
5861       if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
5862         ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
5863     }
5864 
5865     /// Get the computed exception specification type.
5866     ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
5867       assert(!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) &&
5868              "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
5869       return ComputedEST;
5870     }
5871 
5872     /// The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
5873     unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
5874 
5875     /// The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
5876     const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
5877 
5878     /// Integrate another called method into the collected data.
5879     void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
5880 
5881     /// Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
5882     void CalledExpr(Expr *E) { CalledStmt(E); }
5883 
5884     /// Integrate an invoked statement into the collected data.
5885     void CalledStmt(Stmt *S);
5886 
5887     /// Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
5888     /// computed exception specification.
5889     FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const {
5890       FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI;
5891       ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
5892       if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
5893         ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions;
5894       } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) {
5895         /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
5896         ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
5897         ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
5898         ESI.Type = EST_NoexceptFalse;
5899         ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
5900                                                      tok::kw_false).get();
5901       }
5902       return ESI;
5903     }
5904   };
5905 
5906   /// Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
5907   /// special member function.
5908   void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *FD);
5909 
5910   /// Check the given noexcept-specifier, convert its expression, and compute
5911   /// the appropriate ExceptionSpecificationType.
5912   ExprResult ActOnNoexceptSpec(SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, Expr *NoexceptExpr,
5913                                ExceptionSpecificationType &EST);
5914 
5915   /// Check the given exception-specification and update the
5916   /// exception specification information with the results.
5917   void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel,
5918                                    ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
5919                                    ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
5920                                    ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
5921                                    Expr *NoexceptExpr,
5922                                    SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
5923                                    FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
5924 
5925   /// Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly
5926   /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug.
5927   bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D);
5928 
5929   /// Add an exception-specification to the given member function
5930   /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed
5931   /// after the method itself was declared.
5932   void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method,
5933          ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
5934          SourceRange SpecificationRange,
5935          ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
5936          ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
5937          Expr *NoexceptExpr);
5938 
5939   class InheritedConstructorInfo;
5940 
5941   /// Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
5942   /// definition when it is defaulted.
5943   bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
5944                                  InheritedConstructorInfo *ICI = nullptr,
5945                                  bool Diagnose = false);
5946 
5947   /// Produce notes explaining why a defaulted function was defined as deleted.
5948   void DiagnoseDeletedDefaultedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
5949 
5950   /// Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
5951   ///
5952   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
5953   /// default constructor will be added.
5954   ///
5955   /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
5956   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
5957                                                      CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5958 
5959   /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
5960   /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
5961   void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
5962                                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
5963 
5964   /// Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
5965   ///
5966   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
5967   /// destructor will be added.
5968   ///
5969   /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
5970   CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5971 
5972   /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
5973   /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
5974   void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
5975                                 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
5976 
5977   /// Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
5978   ///
5979   /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
5980   /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
5981   void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
5982 
5983   /// Define the specified inheriting constructor.
5984   void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
5985                                    CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
5986 
5987   /// Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
5988   ///
5989   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
5990   /// copy constructor will be added.
5991   ///
5992   /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
5993   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5994 
5995   /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
5996   /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
5997   void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
5998                                      CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
5999 
6000   /// Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
6001   ///
6002   /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
6003   /// move constructor will be added.
6004   ///
6005   /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
6006   /// declared.
6007   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
6008 
6009   /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
6010   /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
6011   void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
6012                                      CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
6013 
6014   /// Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
6015   ///
6016   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
6017   /// copy assignment operator will be added.
6018   ///
6019   /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
6020   CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
6021 
6022   /// Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
6023   void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
6024                                     CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
6025 
6026   /// Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
6027   ///
6028   /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
6029   /// move assignment operator will be added.
6030   ///
6031   /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
6032   /// wasn't declared.
6033   CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
6034 
6035   /// Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
6036   void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
6037                                     CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
6038 
6039   /// Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
6040   /// class.
6041   void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
6042 
6043   /// Check a completed declaration of an implicit special member.
6044   void CheckImplicitSpecialMemberDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD);
6045 
6046   /// Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
6047   /// special member function.
6048   bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
6049 
6050   /// Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
6051   /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
6052   ///
6053   /// \returns true if an error occurred.
6054   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
6055 
6056   /// Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
6057   /// member function.
6058   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
6059 
6060   /// Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
6061   /// static member function.
6062   ///
6063   /// \returns true if an error occurred.
6064   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
6065 
6066   /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
6067   /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
6068   /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
6069   ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
6070 
6071   /// Wrap the expression in a ConstantExpr if it is a potential immediate
6072   /// invocation.
6073   ExprResult CheckForImmediateInvocation(ExprResult E, FunctionDecl *Decl);
6074 
6075   bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
6076                                QualType DeclInitType, MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
6077                                SourceLocation Loc,
6078                                SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &ConvertedArgs,
6079                                bool AllowExplicit = false,
6080                                bool IsListInitialization = false);
6081 
6082   ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6083                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
6084                                           IdentifierInfo &Name);
6085 
6086   ParsedType getConstructorName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
6087                                 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6088                                 bool EnteringContext);
6089   ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6090                                IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
6091                                Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6092                                ParsedType ObjectType,
6093                                bool EnteringContext);
6094 
6095   ParsedType getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS,
6096                                           ParsedType ObjectType);
6097 
6098   // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
6099   void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
6100                                       bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
6101 
6102   // Checks that the vector type should be initialized from a scalar
6103   // by splatting the value rather than populating a single element.
6104   // This is the case for AltiVecVector types as well as with
6105   // AltiVecPixel and AltiVecBool when -faltivec-src-compat=xl is specified.
6106   bool ShouldSplatAltivecScalarInCast(const VectorType *VecTy);
6107 
6108   /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse
6109   /// {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const,addrspace}_cast's.
6110   ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6111                                tok::TokenKind Kind,
6112                                SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
6113                                Declarator &D,
6114                                SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
6115                                SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6116                                Expr *E,
6117                                SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6118 
6119   ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6120                                tok::TokenKind Kind,
6121                                TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
6122                                Expr *E,
6123                                SourceRange AngleBrackets,
6124                                SourceRange Parens);
6125 
6126   ExprResult ActOnBuiltinBitCastExpr(SourceLocation KWLoc, Declarator &Dcl,
6127                                      ExprResult Operand,
6128                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6129 
6130   ExprResult BuildBuiltinBitCastExpr(SourceLocation KWLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
6131                                      Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6132 
6133   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
6134                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
6135                             TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
6136                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6137   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
6138                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
6139                             Expr *Operand,
6140                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6141 
6142   /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
6143   ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6144                             SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
6145                             void *TyOrExpr,
6146                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6147 
6148   ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
6149                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
6150                             TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
6151                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6152   ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
6153                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
6154                             Expr *Operand,
6155                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6156 
6157   /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
6158   ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6159                             SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
6160                             void *TyOrExpr,
6161                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6162 
6163   /// Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ).
6164   ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
6165                               tok::TokenKind Operator,
6166                               SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
6167                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6168   ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(UnresolvedLookupExpr *Callee,
6169                               SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
6170                               BinaryOperatorKind Operator,
6171                               SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
6172                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6173                               Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6174   ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6175                                    BinaryOperatorKind Operator);
6176 
6177   //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
6178   ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
6179 
6180   /// Build a CXXThisExpr and mark it referenced in the current context.
6181   Expr *BuildCXXThisExpr(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Type, bool IsImplicit);
6182   void MarkThisReferenced(CXXThisExpr *This);
6183 
6184   /// Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
6185   ///
6186   /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
6187   QualType getCurrentThisType();
6188 
6189   /// When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
6190   /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
6191   /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
6192   QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
6193 
6194   /// RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
6195   /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
6196   class CXXThisScopeRAII {
6197     Sema &S;
6198     QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
6199     bool Enabled;
6200 
6201   public:
6202     /// Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
6203     /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
6204     /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
6205     /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
6206     CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, Qualifiers CXXThisTypeQuals,
6207                      bool Enabled = true);
6208 
6209     ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
6210   };
6211 
6212   /// Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
6213   /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
6214   ///
6215   /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
6216   ///
6217   /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
6218   /// capture list.
6219   ///
6220   /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
6221   /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
6222   /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
6223   /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
6224   /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
6225   /// a non-static member function or a static function).
6226   /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
6227   bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
6228       bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
6229       const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr,
6230       bool ByCopy = false);
6231 
6232   /// Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
6233   /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
6234   /// being defined.
6235   bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
6236 
6237   /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
6238   ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
6239 
6240 
6241   /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
6242   ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
6243 
6244   ExprResult
6245   ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs,
6246                                  SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen);
6247 
6248   /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
6249   ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
6250 
6251   //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
6252   ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
6253   ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
6254                            bool IsThrownVarInScope);
6255   bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E);
6256 
6257   /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
6258   /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
6259   /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
6260   /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
6261   ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
6262                                        SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc,
6263                                        MultiExprArg Exprs,
6264                                        SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc,
6265                                        bool ListInitialization);
6266 
6267   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
6268                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6269                                        MultiExprArg Exprs,
6270                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6271                                        bool ListInitialization);
6272 
6273   /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
6274   ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
6275                          SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
6276                          MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
6277                          SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
6278                          SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
6279                          Expr *Initializer);
6280   ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
6281                          SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
6282                          MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
6283                          SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
6284                          SourceRange TypeIdParens,
6285                          QualType AllocType,
6286                          TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
6287                          Optional<Expr *> ArraySize,
6288                          SourceRange DirectInitRange,
6289                          Expr *Initializer);
6290 
6291   /// Determine whether \p FD is an aligned allocation or deallocation
6292   /// function that is unavailable.
6293   bool isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(const FunctionDecl &FD) const;
6294 
6295   /// Produce diagnostics if \p FD is an aligned allocation or deallocation
6296   /// function that is unavailable.
6297   void diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(const FunctionDecl &FD,
6298                                             SourceLocation Loc);
6299 
6300   bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
6301                           SourceRange R);
6302 
6303   /// The scope in which to find allocation functions.
6304   enum AllocationFunctionScope {
6305     /// Only look for allocation functions in the global scope.
6306     AFS_Global,
6307     /// Only look for allocation functions in the scope of the
6308     /// allocated class.
6309     AFS_Class,
6310     /// Look for allocation functions in both the global scope
6311     /// and in the scope of the allocated class.
6312     AFS_Both
6313   };
6314 
6315   /// Finds the overloads of operator new and delete that are appropriate
6316   /// for the allocation.
6317   bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
6318                                AllocationFunctionScope NewScope,
6319                                AllocationFunctionScope DeleteScope,
6320                                QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
6321                                bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
6322                                FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
6323                                FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete,
6324                                bool Diagnose = true);
6325   void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
6326   void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
6327                                        ArrayRef<QualType> Params);
6328 
6329   bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
6330                                 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
6331                                 bool Diagnose = true);
6332   FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
6333                                               bool CanProvideSize,
6334                                               bool Overaligned,
6335                                               DeclarationName Name);
6336   FunctionDecl *FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation StartLoc,
6337                                                       CXXRecordDecl *RD);
6338 
6339   /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
6340   ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
6341                             bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
6342                             Expr *Operand);
6343   void CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
6344                             bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
6345                             bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
6346                             SourceLocation DtorLoc);
6347 
6348   ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
6349                                Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
6350   ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
6351                                   SourceLocation RParen);
6352 
6353   /// Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
6354   ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
6355                             ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
6356                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6357   ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
6358                             ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
6359                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6360 
6361   /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the binary type trait support
6362   /// pseudo-functions.
6363   ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
6364                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
6365                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
6366                                  Expr *DimExpr,
6367                                  SourceLocation RParen);
6368 
6369   ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
6370                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
6371                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6372                                  Expr *DimExpr,
6373                                  SourceLocation RParen);
6374 
6375   /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
6376   /// pseudo-functions.
6377   ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
6378                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
6379                                   Expr *Queried,
6380                                   SourceLocation RParen);
6381 
6382   ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
6383                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
6384                                   Expr *Queried,
6385                                   SourceLocation RParen);
6386 
6387   ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
6388                                           Expr *Base,
6389                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
6390                                           tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6391                                           ParsedType &ObjectType,
6392                                           bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
6393 
6394   ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
6395                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
6396                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6397                                        const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6398                                        TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
6399                                        SourceLocation CCLoc,
6400                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6401                                      PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType);
6402 
6403   ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6404                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
6405                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6406                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6407                                        UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
6408                                        SourceLocation CCLoc,
6409                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6410                                        UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName);
6411 
6412   ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6413                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
6414                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6415                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6416                                        const DeclSpec& DS);
6417 
6418   /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
6419   /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
6420   /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
6421   Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
6422   Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
6423   ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
6424 
6425   MaterializeTemporaryExpr *
6426   CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary,
6427                                  bool BoundToLvalueReference);
6428 
6429   ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, bool DiscardedValue) {
6430     return ActOnFinishFullExpr(
6431         Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), DiscardedValue);
6432   }
6433   ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
6434                                  bool DiscardedValue, bool IsConstexpr = false);
6435   StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
6436 
6437   // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
6438   bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
6439   // Complete an enum decl, maybe without a scope spec.
6440   bool RequireCompleteEnumDecl(EnumDecl *D, SourceLocation L,
6441                                CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
6442 
6443   DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
6444   DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6445                                   bool EnteringContext = false);
6446   bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6447   CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
6448 
6449   /// The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
6450   ///
6451   /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
6452   ///
6453   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
6454   /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
6455   ///
6456   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6457   bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6458 
6459   /// The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier.
6460   ///
6461   /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword.
6462   ///
6463   /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'.
6464   ///
6465   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
6466   /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
6467   ///
6468   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6469   bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6470                                 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6471 
6472   bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD,
6473                                        bool *CanCorrect = nullptr);
6474   NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
6475 
6476   /// Keeps information about an identifier in a nested-name-spec.
6477   ///
6478   struct NestedNameSpecInfo {
6479     /// The type of the object, if we're parsing nested-name-specifier in
6480     /// a member access expression.
6481     ParsedType ObjectType;
6482 
6483     /// The identifier preceding the '::'.
6484     IdentifierInfo *Identifier;
6485 
6486     /// The location of the identifier.
6487     SourceLocation IdentifierLoc;
6488 
6489     /// The location of the '::'.
6490     SourceLocation CCLoc;
6491 
6492     /// Creates info object for the most typical case.
6493     NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
6494              SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType())
6495       : ObjectType(ObjectType), Identifier(II), IdentifierLoc(IdLoc),
6496         CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) {
6497     }
6498 
6499     NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
6500                        SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, QualType ObjectType)
6501       : ObjectType(ParsedType::make(ObjectType)), Identifier(II),
6502         IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) {
6503     }
6504   };
6505 
6506   bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6507                                     NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo);
6508 
6509   bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
6510                                    NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
6511                                    bool EnteringContext,
6512                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6513                                    NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
6514                                    bool ErrorRecoveryLookup,
6515                                    bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr,
6516                                    bool OnlyNamespace = false);
6517 
6518   /// The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
6519   ///
6520   /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
6521   ///
6522   /// \param IdInfo Parser information about an identifier in the
6523   /// nested-name-spec.
6524   ///
6525   /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
6526   /// this nested-name-specifier.
6527   ///
6528   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
6529   /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
6530   /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
6531   /// including this new type).
6532   ///
6533   /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve
6534   /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message.
6535   ///
6536   /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':'
6537   /// are allowed.  The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true'
6538   /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'.
6539   ///
6540   /// \param OnlyNamespace If true, only considers namespaces in lookup.
6541   ///
6542   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6543   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
6544                                    NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
6545                                    bool EnteringContext,
6546                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6547                                    bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false,
6548                                    bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr,
6549                                    bool OnlyNamespace = false);
6550 
6551   ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
6552 
6553   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6554                                            const DeclSpec &DS,
6555                                            SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
6556 
6557   bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6558                                  NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
6559                                  bool EnteringContext);
6560 
6561   /// The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
6562   /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
6563   ///
6564   /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
6565   ///
6566   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
6567   /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
6568   /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
6569   /// including this new type).
6570   ///
6571   /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
6572   /// \param TemplateName the template name.
6573   /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
6574   /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
6575   /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
6576   /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
6577   /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
6578   ///
6579   /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
6580   /// nested-name-specifier.
6581   ///
6582   ///
6583   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6584   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
6585                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6586                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6587                                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
6588                                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
6589                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6590                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
6591                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6592                                    SourceLocation CCLoc,
6593                                    bool EnteringContext);
6594 
6595   /// Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
6596   /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
6597   /// nested-name-specifier.
6598   ///
6599   /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
6600   ///
6601   /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
6602   /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
6603   void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6604 
6605   /// Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
6606   /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
6607   ///
6608   /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
6609   /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
6610   ///
6611   /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
6612   ///
6613   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
6614   /// of the annotation pointer.
6615   void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
6616                                             SourceRange AnnotationRange,
6617                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6618 
6619   bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6620 
6621   /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
6622   /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
6623   /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
6624   /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
6625   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
6626   /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
6627   bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6628 
6629   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
6630   /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
6631   /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
6632   /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
6633   /// defining scope.
6634   void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6635 
6636   /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
6637   /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
6638   /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
6639   /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
6640   /// class X.
6641   void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
6642 
6643   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
6644   /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
6645   void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
6646 
6647   /// Create a new lambda closure type.
6648   CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
6649                                          TypeSourceInfo *Info,
6650                                          bool KnownDependent,
6651                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
6652 
6653   /// Start the definition of a lambda expression.
6654   CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
6655                                        SourceRange IntroducerRange,
6656                                        TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
6657                                        SourceLocation EndLoc,
6658                                        ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params,
6659                                        ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind,
6660                                        Expr *TrailingRequiresClause);
6661 
6662   /// Number lambda for linkage purposes if necessary.
6663   void handleLambdaNumbering(
6664       CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXMethodDecl *Method,
6665       Optional<std::tuple<bool, unsigned, unsigned, Decl *>> Mangling = None);
6666 
6667   /// Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
6668   void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
6669                         CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
6670                         SourceRange IntroducerRange,
6671                         LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
6672                         SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
6673                         bool ExplicitParams,
6674                         bool ExplicitResultType,
6675                         bool Mutable);
6676 
6677   /// Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
6678   /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
6679   /// not being used to initialize a reference.
6680   ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
6681       SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6682       IdentifierInfo *Id, LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) {
6683     return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
6684         Loc, ByRef, EllipsisLoc, None, Id,
6685         InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init));
6686   }
6687   QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
6688       SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6689       Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, IdentifierInfo *Id, bool DirectInit,
6690       Expr *&Init);
6691 
6692   /// Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
6693   ///  call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
6694   ///
6695   ///  CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
6696   ///  variables appropriately.
6697   VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
6698                                           QualType InitCaptureType,
6699                                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6700                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
6701                                           unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init);
6702 
6703   /// Add an init-capture to a lambda scope.
6704   void addInitCapture(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
6705 
6706   /// Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
6707   /// given lambda.
6708   void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
6709 
6710   /// \brief This is called after parsing the explicit template parameter list
6711   /// on a lambda (if it exists) in C++2a.
6712   void ActOnLambdaExplicitTemplateParameterList(SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6713                                                 ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> TParams,
6714                                                 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6715                                                 ExprResult RequiresClause);
6716 
6717   /// Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
6718   void addLambdaParameters(
6719       ArrayRef<LambdaIntroducer::LambdaCapture> Captures,
6720       CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
6721 
6722   /// Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
6723   /// statements present in the body.
6724   void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
6725 
6726   /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
6727   /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
6728   /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
6729   /// lambda.
6730   void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
6731                                     Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
6732 
6733   /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
6734   /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
6735   void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
6736                         bool IsInstantiation = false);
6737 
6738   /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
6739   /// was successfully completed.
6740   ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
6741                              Scope *CurScope);
6742 
6743   /// Does copying/destroying the captured variable have side effects?
6744   bool CaptureHasSideEffects(const sema::Capture &From);
6745 
6746   /// Diagnose if an explicit lambda capture is unused. Returns true if a
6747   /// diagnostic is emitted.
6748   bool DiagnoseUnusedLambdaCapture(SourceRange CaptureRange,
6749                                    const sema::Capture &From);
6750 
6751   /// Build a FieldDecl suitable to hold the given capture.
6752   FieldDecl *BuildCaptureField(RecordDecl *RD, const sema::Capture &Capture);
6753 
6754   /// Initialize the given capture with a suitable expression.
6755   ExprResult BuildCaptureInit(const sema::Capture &Capture,
6756                               SourceLocation ImplicitCaptureLoc,
6757                               bool IsOpenMPMapping = false);
6758 
6759   /// Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the
6760   /// lambda body.
6761   ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
6762                              sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
6763 
6764   /// Get the return type to use for a lambda's conversion function(s) to
6765   /// function pointer type, given the type of the call operator.
6766   QualType
6767   getLambdaConversionFunctionResultType(const FunctionProtoType *CallOpType,
6768                                         CallingConv CC);
6769 
6770   /// Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
6771   /// function pointer.
6772   ///
6773   /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
6774   /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
6775   /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
6776   /// block pointer conversion.
6777   void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
6778          SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
6779 
6780   /// Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
6781   /// block pointer.
6782   ///
6783   /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
6784   /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
6785   /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
6786   /// block pointer conversion.
6787   void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
6788                                                     CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
6789 
6790   ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
6791                                            SourceLocation ConvLocation,
6792                                            CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
6793                                            Expr *Src);
6794 
6795   /// Check whether the given expression is a valid constraint expression.
6796   /// A diagnostic is emitted if it is not, false is returned, and
6797   /// PossibleNonPrimary will be set to true if the failure might be due to a
6798   /// non-primary expression being used as an atomic constraint.
6799   bool CheckConstraintExpression(const Expr *CE, Token NextToken = Token(),
6800                                  bool *PossibleNonPrimary = nullptr,
6801                                  bool IsTrailingRequiresClause = false);
6802 
6803 private:
6804   /// Caches pairs of template-like decls whose associated constraints were
6805   /// checked for subsumption and whether or not the first's constraints did in
6806   /// fact subsume the second's.
6807   llvm::DenseMap<std::pair<NamedDecl *, NamedDecl *>, bool> SubsumptionCache;
6808   /// Caches the normalized associated constraints of declarations (concepts or
6809   /// constrained declarations). If an error occurred while normalizing the
6810   /// associated constraints of the template or concept, nullptr will be cached
6811   /// here.
6812   llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, NormalizedConstraint *>
6813       NormalizationCache;
6814 
6815   llvm::ContextualFoldingSet<ConstraintSatisfaction, const ASTContext &>
6816       SatisfactionCache;
6817 
6818 public:
6819   const NormalizedConstraint *
6820   getNormalizedAssociatedConstraints(
6821       NamedDecl *ConstrainedDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AssociatedConstraints);
6822 
6823   /// \brief Check whether the given declaration's associated constraints are
6824   /// at least as constrained than another declaration's according to the
6825   /// partial ordering of constraints.
6826   ///
6827   /// \param Result If no error occurred, receives the result of true if D1 is
6828   /// at least constrained than D2, and false otherwise.
6829   ///
6830   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6831   bool IsAtLeastAsConstrained(NamedDecl *D1, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC1,
6832                               NamedDecl *D2, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC2,
6833                               bool &Result);
6834 
6835   /// If D1 was not at least as constrained as D2, but would've been if a pair
6836   /// of atomic constraints involved had been declared in a concept and not
6837   /// repeated in two separate places in code.
6838   /// \returns true if such a diagnostic was emitted, false otherwise.
6839   bool MaybeEmitAmbiguousAtomicConstraintsDiagnostic(NamedDecl *D1,
6840       ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC1, NamedDecl *D2, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC2);
6841 
6842   /// \brief Check whether the given list of constraint expressions are
6843   /// satisfied (as if in a 'conjunction') given template arguments.
6844   /// \param Template the template-like entity that triggered the constraints
6845   /// check (either a concept or a constrained entity).
6846   /// \param ConstraintExprs a list of constraint expressions, treated as if
6847   /// they were 'AND'ed together.
6848   /// \param TemplateArgs the list of template arguments to substitute into the
6849   /// constraint expression.
6850   /// \param TemplateIDRange The source range of the template id that
6851   /// caused the constraints check.
6852   /// \param Satisfaction if true is returned, will contain details of the
6853   /// satisfaction, with enough information to diagnose an unsatisfied
6854   /// expression.
6855   /// \returns true if an error occurred and satisfaction could not be checked,
6856   /// false otherwise.
6857   bool CheckConstraintSatisfaction(
6858       const NamedDecl *Template, ArrayRef<const Expr *> ConstraintExprs,
6859       ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6860       SourceRange TemplateIDRange, ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction);
6861 
6862   /// \brief Check whether the given non-dependent constraint expression is
6863   /// satisfied. Returns false and updates Satisfaction with the satisfaction
6864   /// verdict if successful, emits a diagnostic and returns true if an error
6865   /// occured and satisfaction could not be determined.
6866   ///
6867   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6868   bool CheckConstraintSatisfaction(const Expr *ConstraintExpr,
6869                                    ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction);
6870 
6871   /// Check whether the given function decl's trailing requires clause is
6872   /// satisfied, if any. Returns false and updates Satisfaction with the
6873   /// satisfaction verdict if successful, emits a diagnostic and returns true if
6874   /// an error occured and satisfaction could not be determined.
6875   ///
6876   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6877   bool CheckFunctionConstraints(const FunctionDecl *FD,
6878                                 ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction,
6879                                 SourceLocation UsageLoc = SourceLocation());
6880 
6881 
6882   /// \brief Ensure that the given template arguments satisfy the constraints
6883   /// associated with the given template, emitting a diagnostic if they do not.
6884   ///
6885   /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
6886   /// provided.
6887   ///
6888   /// \param TemplateArgs The converted, canonicalized template arguments.
6889   ///
6890   /// \param TemplateIDRange The source range of the template id that
6891   /// caused the constraints check.
6892   ///
6893   /// \returns true if the constrains are not satisfied or could not be checked
6894   /// for satisfaction, false if the constraints are satisfied.
6895   bool EnsureTemplateArgumentListConstraints(TemplateDecl *Template,
6896                                        ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6897                                              SourceRange TemplateIDRange);
6898 
6899   /// \brief Emit diagnostics explaining why a constraint expression was deemed
6900   /// unsatisfied.
6901   /// \param First whether this is the first time an unsatisfied constraint is
6902   /// diagnosed for this error.
6903   void
6904   DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(const ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction,
6905                                 bool First = true);
6906 
6907   /// \brief Emit diagnostics explaining why a constraint expression was deemed
6908   /// unsatisfied.
6909   void
6910   DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(const ASTConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction,
6911                                 bool First = true);
6912 
6913   // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
6914   ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
6915                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings);
6916 
6917   ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
6918 
6919   /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
6920   /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
6921   /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
6922   ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
6923   ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
6924                                   bool Value);
6925   ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
6926 
6927   /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
6928   /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
6929   /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type
6930   /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *",
6931   /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'.
6932   ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
6933 
6934   ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
6935                                           Expr *IndexExpr,
6936                                           ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
6937                                           ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
6938 
6939   ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
6940                                MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements);
6941 
6942   ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
6943                                   TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
6944                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6945   ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
6946                                     CXXConversionDecl *Method,
6947                                     bool HadMultipleCandidates);
6948 
6949   ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
6950                                        SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
6951                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6952                                        ParsedType Ty,
6953                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6954 
6955   /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
6956   ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
6957                                          SourceLocation AtLoc,
6958                                          SourceLocation SelLoc,
6959                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6960                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6961                                          bool WarnMultipleSelectors);
6962 
6963   /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
6964   ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
6965                                          SourceLocation AtLoc,
6966                                          SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
6967                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6968                                          SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
6969                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6970 
6971   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6972   // C++ Declarations
6973   //
6974   Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
6975                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
6976                                        Expr *LangStr,
6977                                        SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
6978   Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
6979                                         Decl *LinkageSpec,
6980                                         SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
6981 
6982 
6983   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6984   // C++ Classes
6985   //
6986   CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentClass(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
6987   bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
6988                           const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
6989   bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
6990 
6991   bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, SourceLocation ASLoc,
6992                             SourceLocation ColonLoc,
6993                             const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs);
6994 
6995   NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
6996                                  Declarator &D,
6997                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
6998                                  Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
6999                                  InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
7000 
7001   void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer();
7002   void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl,
7003                                               SourceLocation EqualLoc,
7004                                               Expr *Init);
7005 
7006   MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
7007                                     Scope *S,
7008                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7009                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
7010                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
7011                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
7012                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
7013                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7014                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
7015                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
7016                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
7017 
7018   MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
7019                                     Scope *S,
7020                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7021                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
7022                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
7023                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
7024                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
7025                                     Expr *InitList,
7026                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
7027 
7028   MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
7029                                     Scope *S,
7030                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7031                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
7032                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
7033                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
7034                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
7035                                     Expr *Init,
7036                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
7037 
7038   MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
7039                                        Expr *Init,
7040                                        SourceLocation IdLoc);
7041 
7042   MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
7043                                      TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
7044                                      Expr *Init,
7045                                      CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
7046                                      SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
7047 
7048   MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7049                                            Expr *Init,
7050                                            CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
7051 
7052   bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
7053                                 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
7054 
7055   bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
7056                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
7057 
7058   void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
7059 
7060 
7061   /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
7062   /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
7063   /// referenced.
7064   void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
7065                                               CXXRecordDecl *Record);
7066 
7067   /// Mark destructors of virtual bases of this class referenced. In the Itanium
7068   /// C++ ABI, this is done when emitting a destructor for any non-abstract
7069   /// class. In the Microsoft C++ ABI, this is done any time a class's
7070   /// destructor is referenced.
7071   void MarkVirtualBaseDestructorsReferenced(
7072       SourceLocation Location, CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
7073       llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const RecordType *> *DirectVirtualBases = nullptr);
7074 
7075   /// Do semantic checks to allow the complete destructor variant to be emitted
7076   /// when the destructor is defined in another translation unit. In the Itanium
7077   /// C++ ABI, destructor variants are emitted together. In the MS C++ ABI, they
7078   /// can be emitted in separate TUs. To emit the complete variant, run a subset
7079   /// of the checks performed when emitting a regular destructor.
7080   void CheckCompleteDestructorVariant(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
7081                                       CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor);
7082 
7083   /// The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
7084   /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
7085   /// first use occurred.
7086   typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
7087 
7088   /// The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
7089   /// materialized.
7090   SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
7091 
7092   /// The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
7093   /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
7094   /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
7095   /// by code generation).
7096   llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
7097 
7098   /// Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
7099   void LoadExternalVTableUses();
7100 
7101   /// Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
7102   /// given location.
7103   void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
7104                       bool DefinitionRequired = false);
7105 
7106   /// Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
7107   /// in the given class as needed.
7108   void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
7109                                              const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
7110 
7111   /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
7112   /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
7113   void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
7114                                     bool ConstexprOnly = false);
7115 
7116   /// Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
7117   /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
7118   /// vtables.
7119   ///
7120   /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
7121   bool DefineUsedVTables();
7122 
7123   void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
7124 
7125   void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
7126                             SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7127                             ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
7128                             bool AnyErrors);
7129 
7130   /// Check class-level dllimport/dllexport attribute. The caller must
7131   /// ensure that referenceDLLExportedClassMethods is called some point later
7132   /// when all outer classes of Class are complete.
7133   void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
7134   void checkClassLevelCodeSegAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
7135 
7136   void referenceDLLExportedClassMethods();
7137 
7138   void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate(
7139       CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr,
7140       ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec,
7141       SourceLocation BaseLoc);
7142 
7143   /// Add gsl::Pointer attribute to std::container::iterator
7144   /// \param ND The declaration that introduces the name
7145   /// std::container::iterator. \param UnderlyingRecord The record named by ND.
7146   void inferGslPointerAttribute(NamedDecl *ND, CXXRecordDecl *UnderlyingRecord);
7147 
7148   /// Add [[gsl::Owner]] and [[gsl::Pointer]] attributes for std:: types.
7149   void inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
7150 
7151   /// Add [[gsl::Pointer]] attributes for std:: types.
7152   void inferGslPointerAttribute(TypedefNameDecl *TD);
7153 
7154   void CheckCompletedCXXClass(Scope *S, CXXRecordDecl *Record);
7155 
7156   /// Check that the C++ class annoated with "trivial_abi" satisfies all the
7157   /// conditions that are needed for the attribute to have an effect.
7158   void checkIllFormedTrivialABIStruct(CXXRecordDecl &RD);
7159 
7160   void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope *S, SourceLocation RLoc,
7161                                          Decl *TagDecl, SourceLocation LBrac,
7162                                          SourceLocation RBrac,
7163                                          const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
7164   void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
7165   void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass();
7166 
7167   void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param);
7168   unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Decl *Template,
7169                                      llvm::function_ref<Scope *()> EnterScope);
7170   void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
7171   void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
7172   void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
7173   void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
7174   void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
7175   void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
7176   void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
7177                                 CachedTokens &Toks);
7178   void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
7179   bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
7180 
7181   Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
7182                                      Expr *AssertExpr,
7183                                      Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
7184                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7185   Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
7186                                      Expr *AssertExpr,
7187                                      StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
7188                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
7189                                      bool Failed);
7190 
7191   FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
7192                                   SourceLocation FriendLoc,
7193                                   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
7194   Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
7195                             MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
7196   NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
7197                                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
7198 
7199   QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
7200                                       StorageClass& SC);
7201   void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
7202   QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
7203                                      StorageClass& SC);
7204   bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
7205   void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
7206                                  StorageClass& SC);
7207   Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
7208   void CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
7209                                      StorageClass &SC);
7210   void CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *TD);
7211 
7212   void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedFunction(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *MD);
7213 
7214   bool CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
7215                                              CXXSpecialMember CSM);
7216   void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
7217 
7218   bool CheckExplicitlyDefaultedComparison(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *MD,
7219                                           DefaultedComparisonKind DCK);
7220   void DeclareImplicitEqualityComparison(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
7221                                          FunctionDecl *Spaceship);
7222   void DefineDefaultedComparison(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *FD,
7223                                  DefaultedComparisonKind DCK);
7224 
7225   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7226   // C++ Derived Classes
7227   //
7228 
7229   /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
7230   CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
7231                                        SourceRange SpecifierRange,
7232                                        bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
7233                                        TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7234                                        SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
7235 
7236   BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
7237                                 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
7238                                 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
7239                                 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
7240                                 ParsedType basetype,
7241                                 SourceLocation BaseLoc,
7242                                 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
7243 
7244   bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
7245                             MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
7246   void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl,
7247                            MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
7248 
7249   bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base);
7250   bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base,
7251                      CXXBasePaths &Paths);
7252 
7253   // FIXME: I don't like this name.
7254   void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
7255 
7256   bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
7257                                     SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7258                                     CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
7259                                     bool IgnoreAccess = false);
7260   bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
7261                                     unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
7262                                     unsigned AmbiguousBaseConvID,
7263                                     SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7264                                     DeclarationName Name,
7265                                     CXXCastPath *BasePath,
7266                                     bool IgnoreAccess = false);
7267 
7268   std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
7269 
7270   bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
7271                                          const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
7272 
7273   /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
7274   /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
7275   bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
7276                                          const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
7277 
7278   /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
7279   /// spec is a subset of base spec.
7280   bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
7281                                             const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
7282 
7283   bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
7284 
7285   /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
7286   void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
7287 
7288   /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was
7289   /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method.
7290   void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D, bool Inconsistent);
7291 
7292   /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
7293   /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
7294   /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
7295   bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
7296                                               const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
7297 
7298 
7299   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7300   // C++ Access Control
7301   //
7302 
7303   enum AccessResult {
7304     AR_accessible,
7305     AR_inaccessible,
7306     AR_dependent,
7307     AR_delayed
7308   };
7309 
7310   bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
7311                                 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
7312                                 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
7313 
7314   AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
7315                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
7316   AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
7317                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
7318   AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
7319                                      SourceRange PlacementRange,
7320                                      CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
7321                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
7322                                      bool Diagnose = true);
7323   AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
7324                                       CXXConstructorDecl *D,
7325                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
7326                                       const InitializedEntity &Entity,
7327                                       bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
7328   AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
7329                                       CXXConstructorDecl *D,
7330                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
7331                                       const InitializedEntity &Entity,
7332                                       const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
7333   AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
7334                                      CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
7335                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
7336                                      QualType objectType = QualType());
7337   AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
7338   AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
7339                                  CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
7340                                  DeclAccessPair Found);
7341   AccessResult
7342   CheckStructuredBindingMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
7343                                      CXXRecordDecl *DecomposedClass,
7344                                      DeclAccessPair Field);
7345   AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
7346                                          Expr *ObjectExpr,
7347                                          Expr *ArgExpr,
7348                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
7349   AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
7350                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
7351   AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
7352                                     QualType Base, QualType Derived,
7353                                     const CXXBasePath &Path,
7354                                     unsigned DiagID,
7355                                     bool ForceCheck = false,
7356                                     bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
7357   void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
7358   bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *Decl, CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
7359                           QualType BaseType);
7360   bool isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
7361                                      DeclAccessPair Found, QualType ObjectType,
7362                                      SourceLocation Loc,
7363                                      const PartialDiagnostic &Diag);
7364   bool isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
7365                                      DeclAccessPair Found,
7366                                      QualType ObjectType) {
7367     return isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(NamingClass, Found, ObjectType,
7368                                          SourceLocation(), PDiag());
7369   }
7370 
7371   void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
7372                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7373   void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
7374                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7375 
7376   void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
7377 
7378   /// When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
7379   /// failures rather than hard errors.
7380   bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
7381 
7382   enum AbstractDiagSelID {
7383     AbstractNone = -1,
7384     AbstractReturnType,
7385     AbstractParamType,
7386     AbstractVariableType,
7387     AbstractFieldType,
7388     AbstractIvarType,
7389     AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
7390     AbstractArrayType
7391   };
7392 
7393   bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
7394   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
7395                               TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
7396   template <typename... Ts>
7397   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
7398                               const Ts &...Args) {
7399     BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
7400     return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
7401   }
7402 
7403   void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
7404 
7405   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7406   // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
7407   //
7408 
7409   bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
7410 
7411   bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
7412 
7413   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7414   // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
7415   //
7416   void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
7417                                      bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true,
7418                                      bool AllowDependent = true);
7419   bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
7420                                      bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true,
7421                                      bool AllowDependent = true,
7422                                      bool AllowNonTemplateFunctions = false);
7423   /// Try to interpret the lookup result D as a template-name.
7424   ///
7425   /// \param D A declaration found by name lookup.
7426   /// \param AllowFunctionTemplates Whether function templates should be
7427   ///        considered valid results.
7428   /// \param AllowDependent Whether unresolved using declarations (that might
7429   ///        name templates) should be considered valid results.
7430   static NamedDecl *getAsTemplateNameDecl(NamedDecl *D,
7431                                           bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true,
7432                                           bool AllowDependent = true);
7433 
7434   enum TemplateNameIsRequiredTag { TemplateNameIsRequired };
7435   /// Whether and why a template name is required in this lookup.
7436   class RequiredTemplateKind {
7437   public:
7438     /// Template name is required if TemplateKWLoc is valid.
7439     RequiredTemplateKind(SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation())
7440         : TemplateKW(TemplateKWLoc) {}
7441     /// Template name is unconditionally required.
7442     RequiredTemplateKind(TemplateNameIsRequiredTag) : TemplateKW() {}
7443 
7444     SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const {
7445       return TemplateKW.getValueOr(SourceLocation());
7446     }
7447     bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); }
7448     bool isRequired() const { return TemplateKW != SourceLocation(); }
7449     explicit operator bool() const { return isRequired(); }
7450 
7451   private:
7452     llvm::Optional<SourceLocation> TemplateKW;
7453   };
7454 
7455   enum class AssumedTemplateKind {
7456     /// This is not assumed to be a template name.
7457     None,
7458     /// This is assumed to be a template name because lookup found nothing.
7459     FoundNothing,
7460     /// This is assumed to be a template name because lookup found one or more
7461     /// functions (but no function templates).
7462     FoundFunctions,
7463   };
7464   bool LookupTemplateName(
7465       LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType ObjectType,
7466       bool EnteringContext, bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization,
7467       RequiredTemplateKind RequiredTemplate = SourceLocation(),
7468       AssumedTemplateKind *ATK = nullptr, bool AllowTypoCorrection = true);
7469 
7470   TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
7471                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7472                                   bool hasTemplateKeyword,
7473                                   const UnqualifiedId &Name,
7474                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
7475                                   bool EnteringContext,
7476                                   TemplateTy &Template,
7477                                   bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization,
7478                                   bool Disambiguation = false);
7479 
7480   /// Try to resolve an undeclared template name as a type template.
7481   ///
7482   /// Sets II to the identifier corresponding to the template name, and updates
7483   /// Name to a corresponding (typo-corrected) type template name and TNK to
7484   /// the corresponding kind, if possible.
7485   void ActOnUndeclaredTypeTemplateName(Scope *S, TemplateTy &Name,
7486                                        TemplateNameKind &TNK,
7487                                        SourceLocation NameLoc,
7488                                        IdentifierInfo *&II);
7489 
7490   bool resolveAssumedTemplateNameAsType(Scope *S, TemplateName &Name,
7491                                         SourceLocation NameLoc,
7492                                         bool Diagnose = true);
7493 
7494   /// Determine whether a particular identifier might be the name in a C++1z
7495   /// deduction-guide declaration.
7496   bool isDeductionGuideName(Scope *S, const IdentifierInfo &Name,
7497                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
7498                             ParsedTemplateTy *Template = nullptr);
7499 
7500   bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
7501                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
7502                                    Scope *S,
7503                                    const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
7504                                    TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
7505                                    TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
7506 
7507   bool DiagnoseUninstantiableTemplate(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7508                                       NamedDecl *Instantiation,
7509                                       bool InstantiatedFromMember,
7510                                       const NamedDecl *Pattern,
7511                                       const NamedDecl *PatternDef,
7512                                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
7513                                       bool Complain = true);
7514 
7515   void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
7516   TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
7517 
7518   NamedDecl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename,
7519                                 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
7520                                 SourceLocation KeyLoc,
7521                                 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
7522                                 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
7523                                 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
7524                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
7525                                 ParsedType DefaultArg, bool HasTypeConstraint);
7526 
7527   bool ActOnTypeConstraint(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7528                            TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint,
7529                            TemplateTypeParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter,
7530                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
7531   bool BuildTypeConstraint(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7532                            TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint,
7533                            TemplateTypeParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter,
7534                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
7535                            bool AllowUnexpandedPack);
7536 
7537   bool AttachTypeConstraint(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NS,
7538                             DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
7539                             ConceptDecl *NamedConcept,
7540                             const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
7541                             TemplateTypeParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter,
7542                             SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
7543 
7544   bool AttachTypeConstraint(AutoTypeLoc TL,
7545                             NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter,
7546                             SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
7547 
7548   bool RequireStructuralType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
7549 
7550   QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(TypeSourceInfo *&TSI,
7551                                              SourceLocation Loc);
7552   QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
7553 
7554   NamedDecl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
7555                                       unsigned Depth,
7556                                       unsigned Position,
7557                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
7558                                       Expr *DefaultArg);
7559   NamedDecl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
7560                                        SourceLocation TmpLoc,
7561                                        TemplateParameterList *Params,
7562                                        SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
7563                                        IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
7564                                        SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
7565                                        unsigned Depth,
7566                                        unsigned Position,
7567                                        SourceLocation EqualLoc,
7568                                        ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
7569 
7570   TemplateParameterList *
7571   ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
7572                              SourceLocation ExportLoc,
7573                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7574                              SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
7575                              ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Params,
7576                              SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
7577                              Expr *RequiresClause);
7578 
7579   /// The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
7580   enum TemplateParamListContext {
7581     TPC_ClassTemplate,
7582     TPC_VarTemplate,
7583     TPC_FunctionTemplate,
7584     TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
7585     TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
7586     TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
7587     TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
7588     TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
7589   };
7590 
7591   bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
7592                                   TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
7593                                   TemplateParamListContext TPC,
7594                                   SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
7595   TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7596       SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
7597       const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
7598       ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
7599       bool IsFriend, bool &IsMemberSpecialization, bool &Invalid,
7600       bool SuppressDiagnostic = false);
7601 
7602   DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(
7603       Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, SourceLocation KWLoc,
7604       CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
7605       const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
7606       AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
7607       SourceLocation FriendLoc, unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
7608       TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists,
7609       SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
7610 
7611   TemplateArgumentLoc getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
7612                                                     QualType NTTPType,
7613                                                     SourceLocation Loc);
7614 
7615   /// Get a template argument mapping the given template parameter to itself,
7616   /// e.g. for X in \c template<int X>, this would return an expression template
7617   /// argument referencing X.
7618   TemplateArgumentLoc getIdentityTemplateArgumentLoc(NamedDecl *Param,
7619                                                      SourceLocation Location);
7620 
7621   void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
7622                                   TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
7623 
7624   ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnTemplateTypeArgument(TypeResult ParsedType);
7625 
7626   void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
7627 
7628   QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
7629                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7630                               TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
7631 
7632   TypeResult
7633   ActOnTemplateIdType(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
7634                       TemplateTy Template, IdentifierInfo *TemplateII,
7635                       SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
7636                       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
7637                       bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, bool IsClassName = false);
7638 
7639   /// Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
7640   /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
7641   TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
7642                                     TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
7643                                     SourceLocation TagLoc,
7644                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7645                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
7646                                     TemplateTy TemplateD,
7647                                     SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7648                                     SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
7649                                     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
7650                                     SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
7651 
7652   DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
7653       Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
7654       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
7655       StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
7656 
7657   /// Get the specialization of the given variable template corresponding to
7658   /// the specified argument list, or a null-but-valid result if the arguments
7659   /// are dependent.
7660   DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
7661                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7662                                 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
7663                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
7664 
7665   /// Form a reference to the specialization of the given variable template
7666   /// corresponding to the specified argument list, or a null-but-valid result
7667   /// if the arguments are dependent.
7668   ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7669                                 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
7670                                 VarTemplateDecl *Template,
7671                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7672                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
7673 
7674   ExprResult
7675   CheckConceptTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7676                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
7677                          const DeclarationNameInfo &ConceptNameInfo,
7678                          NamedDecl *FoundDecl, ConceptDecl *NamedConcept,
7679                          const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
7680 
7681   void diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateName Name, SourceLocation Loc);
7682 
7683   ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7684                                  SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
7685                                  LookupResult &R,
7686                                  bool RequiresADL,
7687                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
7688 
7689   ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7690                                           SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
7691                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
7692                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
7693 
7694   TemplateNameKind ActOnTemplateName(
7695       Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
7696       const UnqualifiedId &Name, ParsedType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
7697       TemplateTy &Template, bool AllowInjectedClassName = false);
7698 
7699   DeclResult ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(
7700       Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, SourceLocation KWLoc,
7701       SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7702       TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr,
7703       MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
7704       SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
7705 
7706   bool CheckTemplatePartialSpecializationArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
7707                                               TemplateDecl *PrimaryTemplate,
7708                                               unsigned NumExplicitArgs,
7709                                               ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args);
7710   void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization(
7711       ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial);
7712   void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization(
7713       VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial);
7714 
7715   Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
7716                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
7717                                 Declarator &D);
7718 
7719   bool
7720   CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
7721                                          TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
7722                                          NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
7723                                          TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
7724                                          SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
7725                                          bool &SuppressNew);
7726 
7727   bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
7728                     const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
7729                                                     LookupResult &Previous);
7730 
7731   bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
7732       FunctionDecl *FD, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
7733       LookupResult &Previous, bool QualifiedFriend = false);
7734   bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
7735   void CompleteMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
7736 
7737   DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(
7738       Scope *S, SourceLocation ExternLoc, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7739       unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation KWLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7740       TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
7741       SourceLocation LAngleLoc, ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
7742       SourceLocation RAngleLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr);
7743 
7744   DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExternLoc,
7745                                         SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7746                                         unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation KWLoc,
7747                                         CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name,
7748                                         SourceLocation NameLoc,
7749                                         const ParsedAttributesView &Attr);
7750 
7751   DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
7752                                         SourceLocation ExternLoc,
7753                                         SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7754                                         Declarator &D);
7755 
7756   TemplateArgumentLoc
7757   SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
7758                                           SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7759                                           SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
7760                                           Decl *Param,
7761                                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
7762                                             &Converted,
7763                                           bool &HasDefaultArg);
7764 
7765   /// Specifies the context in which a particular template
7766   /// argument is being checked.
7767   enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
7768     /// The template argument was specified in the code or was
7769     /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
7770     CTAK_Specified,
7771 
7772     /// The template argument was deduced via template argument
7773     /// deduction.
7774     CTAK_Deduced,
7775 
7776     /// The template argument was deduced from an array bound
7777     /// via template argument deduction.
7778     CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
7779   };
7780 
7781   bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
7782                              TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
7783                              NamedDecl *Template,
7784                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7785                              SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
7786                              unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
7787                            SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
7788                              CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
7789 
7790   /// Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
7791   /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
7792   ///
7793   /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
7794   /// provided.
7795   ///
7796   /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
7797   ///
7798   /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
7799   /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
7800   /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
7801   /// arguments.
7802   ///
7803   /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
7804   /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
7805   /// set of template arguments.
7806   ///
7807   /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
7808   /// arguments.
7809   ///
7810   /// \param UpdateArgsWithConversions If \c true, update \p TemplateArgs to
7811   /// contain the converted forms of the template arguments as written.
7812   /// Otherwise, \p TemplateArgs will not be modified.
7813   ///
7814   /// \param ConstraintsNotSatisfied If provided, and an error occured, will
7815   /// receive true if the cause for the error is the associated constraints of
7816   /// the template not being satisfied by the template arguments.
7817   ///
7818   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
7819   bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
7820                                  SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7821                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
7822                                  bool PartialTemplateArgs,
7823                                  SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
7824                                  bool UpdateArgsWithConversions = true,
7825                                  bool *ConstraintsNotSatisfied = nullptr);
7826 
7827   bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
7828                                  TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
7829                            SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
7830 
7831   bool CheckTemplateArgument(TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
7832   ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
7833                                    QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
7834                                    TemplateArgument &Converted,
7835                                CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
7836   bool CheckTemplateTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
7837                                      TemplateParameterList *Params,
7838                                      TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg);
7839 
7840   ExprResult
7841   BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
7842                                           QualType ParamType,
7843                                           SourceLocation Loc);
7844   ExprResult
7845   BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
7846                                               SourceLocation Loc);
7847 
7848   /// Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
7849   /// for equality.
7850   enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
7851     /// We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
7852     /// that might be redeclarations.
7853     ///
7854     /// \code
7855     /// template<typename T> struct X;
7856     /// template<typename T> struct X;
7857     /// \endcode
7858     TPL_TemplateMatch,
7859 
7860     /// We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
7861     /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
7862     /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
7863     ///
7864     /// \code
7865     /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
7866     /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
7867     /// \endcode
7868     TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
7869 
7870     /// We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
7871     /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
7872     /// template parameter.
7873     ///
7874     /// \code
7875     /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
7876     /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
7877     /// X<integer_c> xic;
7878     /// \endcode
7879     TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
7880   };
7881 
7882   bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
7883                                       TemplateParameterList *Old,
7884                                       bool Complain,
7885                                       TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
7886                                       SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
7887                                         = SourceLocation());
7888 
7889   bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
7890 
7891   /// Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
7892   /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
7893   ///
7894   /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
7895   /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
7896   /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
7897   /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
7898   /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
7899   TypeResult
7900   ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
7901                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
7902                     SourceLocation IdLoc);
7903 
7904   /// Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
7905   /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
7906   /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
7907   ///
7908   /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
7909   /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
7910   /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
7911   /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
7912   /// \param TemplateName The template name.
7913   /// \param TemplateII The identifier used to name the template.
7914   /// \param TemplateIILoc The location of the template name.
7915   /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
7916   /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
7917   /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
7918   TypeResult
7919   ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
7920                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7921                     SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7922                     TemplateTy TemplateName,
7923                     IdentifierInfo *TemplateII,
7924                     SourceLocation TemplateIILoc,
7925                     SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
7926                     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
7927                     SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
7928 
7929   QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
7930                              SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
7931                              NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
7932                              const IdentifierInfo &II,
7933                              SourceLocation IILoc,
7934                              TypeSourceInfo **TSI,
7935                              bool DeducedTSTContext);
7936 
7937   QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
7938                              SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
7939                              NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
7940                              const IdentifierInfo &II,
7941                              SourceLocation IILoc,
7942                              bool DeducedTSTContext = true);
7943 
7944 
7945   TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
7946                                                     SourceLocation Loc,
7947                                                     DeclarationName Name);
7948   bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
7949 
7950   ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
7951   bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
7952                                                 TemplateParameterList *Params);
7953 
7954   std::string
7955   getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
7956                                   const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
7957 
7958   std::string
7959   getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
7960                                   const TemplateArgument *Args,
7961                                   unsigned NumArgs);
7962 
7963   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7964   // C++ Concepts
7965   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7966   Decl *ActOnConceptDefinition(
7967       Scope *S, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
7968       IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *ConstraintExpr);
7969 
7970   RequiresExprBodyDecl *
7971   ActOnStartRequiresExpr(SourceLocation RequiresKWLoc,
7972                          ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> LocalParameters,
7973                          Scope *BodyScope);
7974   void ActOnFinishRequiresExpr();
7975   concepts::Requirement *ActOnSimpleRequirement(Expr *E);
7976   concepts::Requirement *ActOnTypeRequirement(
7977       SourceLocation TypenameKWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation NameLoc,
7978       IdentifierInfo *TypeName, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId);
7979   concepts::Requirement *ActOnCompoundRequirement(Expr *E,
7980                                                   SourceLocation NoexceptLoc);
7981   concepts::Requirement *
7982   ActOnCompoundRequirement(
7983       Expr *E, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7984       TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint, unsigned Depth);
7985   concepts::Requirement *ActOnNestedRequirement(Expr *Constraint);
7986   concepts::ExprRequirement *
7987   BuildExprRequirement(
7988       Expr *E, bool IsSatisfied, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc,
7989       concepts::ExprRequirement::ReturnTypeRequirement ReturnTypeRequirement);
7990   concepts::ExprRequirement *
7991   BuildExprRequirement(
7992       concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *ExprSubstDiag,
7993       bool IsSatisfied, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc,
7994       concepts::ExprRequirement::ReturnTypeRequirement ReturnTypeRequirement);
7995   concepts::TypeRequirement *BuildTypeRequirement(TypeSourceInfo *Type);
7996   concepts::TypeRequirement *
7997   BuildTypeRequirement(
7998       concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *SubstDiag);
7999   concepts::NestedRequirement *BuildNestedRequirement(Expr *E);
8000   concepts::NestedRequirement *
8001   BuildNestedRequirement(
8002       concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *SubstDiag);
8003   ExprResult ActOnRequiresExpr(SourceLocation RequiresKWLoc,
8004                                RequiresExprBodyDecl *Body,
8005                                ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> LocalParameters,
8006                                ArrayRef<concepts::Requirement *> Requirements,
8007                                SourceLocation ClosingBraceLoc);
8008 
8009   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8010   // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
8011   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8012 
8013   /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this
8014   /// location. Useful for error recovery.
8015   bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted();
8016 
8017   /// The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
8018   /// being diagnosed.
8019   ///
8020   /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
8021   /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
8022   enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
8023     /// An arbitrary expression.
8024     UPPC_Expression = 0,
8025 
8026     /// The base type of a class type.
8027     UPPC_BaseType,
8028 
8029     /// The type of an arbitrary declaration.
8030     UPPC_DeclarationType,
8031 
8032     /// The type of a data member.
8033     UPPC_DataMemberType,
8034 
8035     /// The size of a bit-field.
8036     UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
8037 
8038     /// The expression in a static assertion.
8039     UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
8040 
8041     /// The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
8042     UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
8043 
8044     /// The enumerator value.
8045     UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
8046 
8047     /// A using declaration.
8048     UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
8049 
8050     /// A friend declaration.
8051     UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
8052 
8053     /// A declaration qualifier.
8054     UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
8055 
8056     /// An initializer.
8057     UPPC_Initializer,
8058 
8059     /// A default argument.
8060     UPPC_DefaultArgument,
8061 
8062     /// The type of a non-type template parameter.
8063     UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
8064 
8065     /// The type of an exception.
8066     UPPC_ExceptionType,
8067 
8068     /// Partial specialization.
8069     UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
8070 
8071     /// Microsoft __if_exists.
8072     UPPC_IfExists,
8073 
8074     /// Microsoft __if_not_exists.
8075     UPPC_IfNotExists,
8076 
8077     /// Lambda expression.
8078     UPPC_Lambda,
8079 
8080     /// Block expression.
8081     UPPC_Block,
8082 
8083     /// A type constraint.
8084     UPPC_TypeConstraint,
8085 
8086     // A requirement in a requires-expression.
8087     UPPC_Requirement,
8088 
8089     // A requires-clause.
8090     UPPC_RequiresClause,
8091   };
8092 
8093   /// Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
8094   ///
8095   /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
8096   ///
8097   /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
8098   /// parameter packs.
8099   ///
8100   /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
8101   ///
8102   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
8103   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
8104                                         UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
8105                                   ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
8106 
8107   /// If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
8108   /// diagnose the error.
8109   ///
8110   /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
8111   ///
8112   /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
8113   /// packs.
8114   ///
8115   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
8116   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
8117                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
8118 
8119   /// If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
8120   /// pack, diagnose the error.
8121   ///
8122   /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
8123   /// parameter packs.
8124   ///
8125   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
8126   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
8127                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
8128 
8129   /// If the given requirees-expression contains an unexpanded reference to one
8130   /// of its own parameter packs, diagnose the error.
8131   ///
8132   /// \param RE The requiress-expression that is being checked for unexpanded
8133   /// parameter packs.
8134   ///
8135   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
8136   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPackInRequiresExpr(RequiresExpr *RE);
8137 
8138   /// If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
8139   /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
8140   ///
8141   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
8142   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
8143   ///
8144   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
8145   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
8146                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
8147 
8148   /// If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
8149   /// diagnose the error.
8150   ///
8151   /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
8152   /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
8153   ///
8154   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
8155   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
8156                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
8157 
8158   /// If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
8159   /// diagnose the error.
8160   ///
8161   /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
8162   ///
8163   /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
8164   /// parameter packs.
8165   ///
8166   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
8167   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
8168                                        TemplateName Template,
8169                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
8170 
8171   /// If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
8172   /// pack, diagnose the error.
8173   ///
8174   /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
8175   /// parameter packs.
8176   ///
8177   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
8178   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
8179                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
8180 
8181   /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
8182   /// template argument.
8183   ///
8184   /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
8185   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
8186   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
8187                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
8188 
8189   /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
8190   /// template argument.
8191   ///
8192   /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
8193   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
8194   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
8195                     SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
8196 
8197   /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
8198   /// type.
8199   ///
8200   /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
8201   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
8202   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
8203                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
8204 
8205   /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
8206   /// type.
8207   ///
8208   /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
8209   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
8210   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
8211                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
8212 
8213   /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
8214   /// nested-name-specifier.
8215   ///
8216   /// \param NNS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
8217   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
8218   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
8219                          SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
8220 
8221   /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
8222   /// name.
8223   ///
8224   /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
8225   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
8226   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
8227                          SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
8228 
8229   /// Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
8230   /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
8231   ///
8232   /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
8233   /// may already be invalid.
8234   ///
8235   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
8236   ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
8237                                             SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
8238 
8239   /// Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
8240   /// creates a pack expansion.
8241   ///
8242   /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
8243   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
8244   ///
8245   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
8246   TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
8247 
8248   /// Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
8249   /// expansion.
8250   TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
8251                                      SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
8252                                      Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
8253 
8254   /// Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
8255   /// expansion.
8256   QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
8257                               SourceRange PatternRange,
8258                               SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
8259                               Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
8260 
8261   /// Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
8262   /// creates a pack expansion.
8263   ///
8264   /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
8265   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
8266   ///
8267   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
8268   ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
8269 
8270   /// Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
8271   /// creates a pack expansion.
8272   ///
8273   /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
8274   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
8275   ///
8276   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
8277   ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
8278                                 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
8279 
8280   /// Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
8281   /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
8282   /// transforming the pattern.
8283   ///
8284   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
8285   /// pack expansion.
8286   ///
8287   /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
8288   /// the pack expansion.
8289   ///
8290   /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
8291   /// pattern.
8292   ///
8293   /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
8294   /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
8295   /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
8296   ///
8297   /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
8298   /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
8299   /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
8300   /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
8301   ///
8302   /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
8303   /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
8304   /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
8305   /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
8306   /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
8307   /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
8308   /// set this value in other cases.
8309   ///
8310   /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
8311   /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
8312   /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
8313   /// must be set.
8314   bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
8315                                        SourceRange PatternRange,
8316                              ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
8317                              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
8318                                        bool &ShouldExpand,
8319                                        bool &RetainExpansion,
8320                                        Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
8321 
8322   /// Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
8323   /// type.
8324   ///
8325   /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
8326   /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
8327   ///
8328   /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
8329   Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
8330       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
8331 
8332   /// Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
8333   /// parameter packs.
8334   ///
8335   /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
8336   /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
8337   ///
8338   /// \code
8339   ///   void f(T...);
8340   /// \endcode
8341   ///
8342   /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
8343   /// a variadic function.
8344   ///
8345   /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
8346   /// false otherwise.
8347   bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
8348 
8349   /// Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
8350   ///
8351   /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
8352   ///
8353   /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
8354   ///
8355   /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
8356   /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
8357   TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
8358       TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
8359       SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
8360       Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
8361 
8362   /// Given a template argument that contains an unexpanded parameter pack, but
8363   /// which has already been substituted, attempt to determine the number of
8364   /// elements that will be produced once this argument is fully-expanded.
8365   ///
8366   /// This is intended for use when transforming 'sizeof...(Arg)' in order to
8367   /// avoid actually expanding the pack where possible.
8368   Optional<unsigned> getFullyPackExpandedSize(TemplateArgument Arg);
8369 
8370   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8371   // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
8372   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8373 
8374   /// Adjust the type \p ArgFunctionType to match the calling convention,
8375   /// noreturn, and optionally the exception specification of \p FunctionType.
8376   /// Deduction often wants to ignore these properties when matching function
8377   /// types.
8378   QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType,
8379                                bool AdjustExceptionSpec = false);
8380 
8381   /// Describes the result of template argument deduction.
8382   ///
8383   /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
8384   /// template argument deduction, as returned from
8385   /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
8386   /// structure provides additional information about the results of
8387   /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
8388   /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
8389   /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
8390   enum TemplateDeductionResult {
8391     /// Template argument deduction was successful.
8392     TDK_Success = 0,
8393     /// The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
8394     TDK_Invalid,
8395     /// Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
8396     /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
8397     TDK_InstantiationDepth,
8398     /// Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
8399     /// for every template parameter.
8400     TDK_Incomplete,
8401     /// Template argument deduction did not deduce a value for every
8402     /// expansion of an expanded template parameter pack.
8403     TDK_IncompletePack,
8404     /// Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
8405     /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
8406     TDK_Inconsistent,
8407     /// Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
8408     /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
8409     /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
8410     /// but were given a non-const "X".
8411     TDK_Underqualified,
8412     /// Substitution of the deduced template argument values
8413     /// resulted in an error.
8414     TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
8415     /// After substituting deduced template arguments, a dependent
8416     /// parameter type did not match the corresponding argument.
8417     TDK_DeducedMismatch,
8418     /// After substituting deduced template arguments, an element of
8419     /// a dependent parameter type did not match the corresponding element
8420     /// of the corresponding argument (when deducing from an initializer list).
8421     TDK_DeducedMismatchNested,
8422     /// A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
8423     /// corresponding component of the argument.
8424     TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
8425     /// When performing template argument deduction for a function
8426     /// template, there were too many call arguments.
8427     TDK_TooManyArguments,
8428     /// When performing template argument deduction for a function
8429     /// template, there were too few call arguments.
8430     TDK_TooFewArguments,
8431     /// The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
8432     /// template arguments for the given template.
8433     TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
8434     /// Checking non-dependent argument conversions failed.
8435     TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure,
8436     /// The deduced arguments did not satisfy the constraints associated
8437     /// with the template.
8438     TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied,
8439     /// Deduction failed; that's all we know.
8440     TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure,
8441     /// CUDA Target attributes do not match.
8442     TDK_CUDATargetMismatch
8443   };
8444 
8445   TemplateDeductionResult
8446   DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
8447                           const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
8448                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
8449 
8450   TemplateDeductionResult
8451   DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
8452                           const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
8453                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
8454 
8455   TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
8456       FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
8457       TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
8458       SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
8459       SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
8460       sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
8461 
8462   /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
8463   // deduction for a call.
8464   struct OriginalCallArg {
8465     OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, bool DecomposedParam,
8466                     unsigned ArgIdx, QualType OriginalArgType)
8467         : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType),
8468           DecomposedParam(DecomposedParam), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
8469           OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) {}
8470 
8471     QualType OriginalParamType;
8472     bool DecomposedParam;
8473     unsigned ArgIdx;
8474     QualType OriginalArgType;
8475   };
8476 
8477   TemplateDeductionResult FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(
8478       FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
8479       SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
8480       unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
8481       sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
8482       SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr,
8483       bool PartialOverloading = false,
8484       llvm::function_ref<bool()> CheckNonDependent = []{ return false; });
8485 
8486   TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArguments(
8487       FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
8488       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
8489       FunctionDecl *&Specialization, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
8490       bool PartialOverloading,
8491       llvm::function_ref<bool(ArrayRef<QualType>)> CheckNonDependent);
8492 
8493   TemplateDeductionResult
8494   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
8495                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
8496                           QualType ArgFunctionType,
8497                           FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
8498                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
8499                           bool IsAddressOfFunction = false);
8500 
8501   TemplateDeductionResult
8502   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
8503                           QualType ToType,
8504                           CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
8505                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
8506 
8507   TemplateDeductionResult
8508   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
8509                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
8510                           FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
8511                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
8512                           bool IsAddressOfFunction = false);
8513 
8514   /// Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
8515   QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
8516   /// Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
8517   TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
8518                                           QualType Replacement);
8519   /// Completely replace the \c auto in \p TypeWithAuto by
8520   /// \p Replacement. This does not retain any \c auto type sugar.
8521   QualType ReplaceAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
8522   TypeSourceInfo *ReplaceAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
8523                                             QualType Replacement);
8524 
8525   /// Result type of DeduceAutoType.
8526   enum DeduceAutoResult {
8527     DAR_Succeeded,
8528     DAR_Failed,
8529     DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
8530   };
8531 
8532   DeduceAutoResult
8533   DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result,
8534                  Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None,
8535                  bool IgnoreConstraints = false);
8536   DeduceAutoResult
8537   DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result,
8538                  Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None,
8539                  bool IgnoreConstraints = false);
8540   void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
8541   bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
8542                         bool Diagnose = true);
8543 
8544   /// Declare implicit deduction guides for a class template if we've
8545   /// not already done so.
8546   void DeclareImplicitDeductionGuides(TemplateDecl *Template,
8547                                       SourceLocation Loc);
8548 
8549   QualType DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(
8550       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, const InitializedEntity &Entity,
8551       const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Init);
8552 
8553   QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name,
8554                                         QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
8555                                         SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
8556                                         Expr *Init);
8557 
8558   TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const;
8559 
8560   bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
8561                                         SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
8562                                         Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
8563 
8564   FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(
8565       FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, SourceLocation Loc,
8566       TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, unsigned NumCallArguments1,
8567       unsigned NumCallArguments2, bool Reversed = false);
8568   UnresolvedSetIterator
8569   getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
8570                      TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
8571                      SourceLocation Loc,
8572                      const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
8573                      const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
8574                      const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
8575                      bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
8576 
8577   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
8578   getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
8579                                   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
8580                                   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
8581                                   SourceLocation Loc);
8582 
8583   bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T,
8584                                     sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
8585 
8586   VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
8587       VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
8588       VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
8589 
8590   bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T,
8591                                     sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
8592 
8593   bool isTemplateTemplateParameterAtLeastAsSpecializedAs(
8594       TemplateParameterList *PParam, TemplateDecl *AArg, SourceLocation Loc);
8595 
8596   void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const Expr *E, bool OnlyDeduced,
8597                                   unsigned Depth, llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
8598 
8599   void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
8600                                   bool OnlyDeduced,
8601                                   unsigned Depth,
8602                                   llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
8603   void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
8604                                   const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
8605                                   llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
8606     return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
8607   }
8608   static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
8609                                   const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
8610                                   llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
8611 
8612   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8613   // C++ Template Instantiation
8614   //
8615 
8616   MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList
8617   getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
8618                                const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr,
8619                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
8620                                const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr);
8621 
8622   /// A context in which code is being synthesized (where a source location
8623   /// alone is not sufficient to identify the context). This covers template
8624   /// instantiation and various forms of implicitly-generated functions.
8625   struct CodeSynthesisContext {
8626     /// The kind of template instantiation we are performing
8627     enum SynthesisKind {
8628       /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
8629       /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
8630       TemplateInstantiation,
8631 
8632       /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
8633       /// parameter. The Entity is the template parameter whose argument is
8634       /// being instantiated, the Template is the template, and the
8635       /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provide the template arguments as
8636       /// specified.
8637       DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
8638 
8639       /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
8640       /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
8641       /// provides the template arguments as specified.
8642       DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
8643 
8644       /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
8645       /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
8646       ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
8647 
8648       /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
8649       /// template argument deduction for either a class template
8650       /// partial specialization or a function template. The
8651       /// Entity is either a {Class|Var}TemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
8652       /// a TemplateDecl.
8653       DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
8654 
8655       /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
8656       /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
8657       /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
8658       PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
8659 
8660       /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
8661       /// has been used when naming a template-id.
8662       DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
8663 
8664       /// We are computing the exception specification for a defaulted special
8665       /// member function.
8666       ExceptionSpecEvaluation,
8667 
8668       /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
8669       /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
8670       ExceptionSpecInstantiation,
8671 
8672       /// We are instantiating a requirement of a requires expression.
8673       RequirementInstantiation,
8674 
8675       /// We are checking the satisfaction of a nested requirement of a requires
8676       /// expression.
8677       NestedRequirementConstraintsCheck,
8678 
8679       /// We are declaring an implicit special member function.
8680       DeclaringSpecialMember,
8681 
8682       /// We are declaring an implicit 'operator==' for a defaulted
8683       /// 'operator<=>'.
8684       DeclaringImplicitEqualityComparison,
8685 
8686       /// We are defining a synthesized function (such as a defaulted special
8687       /// member).
8688       DefiningSynthesizedFunction,
8689 
8690       // We are checking the constraints associated with a constrained entity or
8691       // the constraint expression of a concept. This includes the checks that
8692       // atomic constraints have the type 'bool' and that they can be constant
8693       // evaluated.
8694       ConstraintsCheck,
8695 
8696       // We are substituting template arguments into a constraint expression.
8697       ConstraintSubstitution,
8698 
8699       // We are normalizing a constraint expression.
8700       ConstraintNormalization,
8701 
8702       // We are substituting into the parameter mapping of an atomic constraint
8703       // during normalization.
8704       ParameterMappingSubstitution,
8705 
8706       /// We are rewriting a comparison operator in terms of an operator<=>.
8707       RewritingOperatorAsSpaceship,
8708 
8709       /// We are initializing a structured binding.
8710       InitializingStructuredBinding,
8711 
8712       /// We are marking a class as __dllexport.
8713       MarkingClassDllexported,
8714 
8715       /// Added for Template instantiation observation.
8716       /// Memoization means we are _not_ instantiating a template because
8717       /// it is already instantiated (but we entered a context where we
8718       /// would have had to if it was not already instantiated).
8719       Memoization
8720     } Kind;
8721 
8722     /// Was the enclosing context a non-instantiation SFINAE context?
8723     bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
8724 
8725     /// The point of instantiation or synthesis within the source code.
8726     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
8727 
8728     /// The entity that is being synthesized.
8729     Decl *Entity;
8730 
8731     /// The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
8732     /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
8733     /// arguments.
8734     NamedDecl *Template;
8735 
8736     /// The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
8737     /// are not part of the entity.
8738     const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
8739 
8740     // FIXME: Wrap this union around more members, or perhaps store the
8741     // kind-specific members in the RAII object owning the context.
8742     union {
8743       /// The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
8744       unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
8745 
8746       /// The special member being declared or defined.
8747       CXXSpecialMember SpecialMember;
8748     };
8749 
8750     ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
8751       assert(Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember);
8752       return {TemplateArgs, NumTemplateArgs};
8753     }
8754 
8755     /// The template deduction info object associated with the
8756     /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
8757     sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
8758 
8759     /// The source range that covers the construct that cause
8760     /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
8761     /// template instantiation.
8762     SourceRange InstantiationRange;
8763 
8764     CodeSynthesisContext()
8765         : Kind(TemplateInstantiation),
8766           SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(false), Entity(nullptr),
8767           Template(nullptr), TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0),
8768           DeductionInfo(nullptr) {}
8769 
8770     /// Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
8771     /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
8772     bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
8773   };
8774 
8775   /// List of active code synthesis contexts.
8776   ///
8777   /// This vector is treated as a stack. As synthesis of one entity requires
8778   /// synthesis of another, additional contexts are pushed onto the stack.
8779   SmallVector<CodeSynthesisContext, 16> CodeSynthesisContexts;
8780 
8781   /// Specializations whose definitions are currently being instantiated.
8782   llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<Decl *, unsigned>> InstantiatingSpecializations;
8783 
8784   /// Non-dependent types used in templates that have already been instantiated
8785   /// by some template instantiation.
8786   llvm::DenseSet<QualType> InstantiatedNonDependentTypes;
8787 
8788   /// Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
8789   /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
8790   SmallVector<Module*, 16> CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules;
8791 
8792   /// Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
8793   /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
8794   /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
8795   llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
8796 
8797   /// Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
8798   /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
8799   /// template defined within it.
8800   llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
8801 
8802   /// Map from the most recent declaration of a namespace to the most
8803   /// recent visible declaration of that namespace.
8804   llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, NamedDecl*> VisibleNamespaceCache;
8805 
8806   /// Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
8807   /// template instantiation.
8808   ///
8809   /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
8810   /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
8811   bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
8812 
8813   /// The number of \p CodeSynthesisContexts that are not template
8814   /// instantiations and, therefore, should not be counted as part of the
8815   /// instantiation depth.
8816   ///
8817   /// When the instantiation depth reaches the user-configurable limit
8818   /// \p LangOptions::InstantiationDepth we will abort instantiation.
8819   // FIXME: Should we have a similar limit for other forms of synthesis?
8820   unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
8821 
8822   /// The depth of the context stack at the point when the most recent
8823   /// error or warning was produced.
8824   ///
8825   /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant context stacks
8826   /// when there are multiple errors or warnings in the same instantiation.
8827   // FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough to implement it anywhere else.
8828   unsigned LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = 0;
8829 
8830   /// The template instantiation callbacks to trace or track
8831   /// instantiations (objects can be chained).
8832   ///
8833   /// This callbacks is used to print, trace or track template
8834   /// instantiations as they are being constructed.
8835   std::vector<std::unique_ptr<TemplateInstantiationCallback>>
8836       TemplateInstCallbacks;
8837 
8838   /// The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
8839   /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
8840   ///
8841   /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
8842   /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
8843   /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
8844   int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
8845 
8846   /// RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
8847   /// within a \c Sema object.
8848   ///
8849   /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
8850   class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
8851     Sema &Self;
8852     int OldSubstitutionIndex;
8853 
8854   public:
8855     ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
8856       : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
8857       Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
8858     }
8859 
8860     ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
8861       Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
8862     }
8863   };
8864 
8865   friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
8866 
8867   /// For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
8868   /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
8869   /// deduction.
8870   ///
8871   /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
8872   typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
8873     SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
8874   SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
8875 
8876   /// A stack object to be created when performing template
8877   /// instantiation.
8878   ///
8879   /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
8880   /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
8881   /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
8882   /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
8883   /// produces an error and evaluates true.
8884   ///
8885   /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
8886   /// the stack.
8887   struct InstantiatingTemplate {
8888     /// Note that we are instantiating a class template,
8889     /// function template, variable template, alias template,
8890     /// or a member thereof.
8891     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8892                           Decl *Entity,
8893                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
8894 
8895     struct ExceptionSpecification {};
8896     /// Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
8897     /// of a function template.
8898     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8899                           FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
8900                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
8901 
8902     /// Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
8903     /// template-id.
8904     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8905                           TemplateParameter Param, TemplateDecl *Template,
8906                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
8907                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
8908 
8909     /// Note that we are substituting either explicitly-specified or
8910     /// deduced template arguments during function template argument deduction.
8911     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8912                           FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
8913                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
8914                           CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind,
8915                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
8916                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
8917 
8918     /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template
8919     /// argument deduction for a class template declaration.
8920     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8921                           TemplateDecl *Template,
8922                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
8923                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
8924                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
8925 
8926     /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template
8927     /// argument deduction for a class template partial
8928     /// specialization.
8929     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8930                           ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
8931                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
8932                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
8933                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
8934 
8935     /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template
8936     /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
8937     /// specialization.
8938     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8939                           VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
8940                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
8941                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
8942                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
8943 
8944     /// Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function
8945     /// parameter.
8946     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8947                           ParmVarDecl *Param,
8948                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
8949                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
8950 
8951     /// Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
8952     /// non-type parameter.
8953     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8954                           NamedDecl *Template,
8955                           NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
8956                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
8957                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
8958 
8959     /// Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
8960     /// template template parameter.
8961     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8962                           NamedDecl *Template,
8963                           TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
8964                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
8965                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
8966 
8967     /// Note that we are checking the default template argument
8968     /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
8969     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8970                           TemplateDecl *Template,
8971                           NamedDecl *Param,
8972                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
8973                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
8974 
8975     struct ConstraintsCheck {};
8976     /// \brief Note that we are checking the constraints associated with some
8977     /// constrained entity (a concept declaration or a template with associated
8978     /// constraints).
8979     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8980                           ConstraintsCheck, NamedDecl *Template,
8981                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
8982                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
8983 
8984     struct ConstraintSubstitution {};
8985     /// \brief Note that we are checking a constraint expression associated
8986     /// with a template declaration or as part of the satisfaction check of a
8987     /// concept.
8988     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8989                           ConstraintSubstitution, NamedDecl *Template,
8990                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
8991                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
8992 
8993     struct ConstraintNormalization {};
8994     /// \brief Note that we are normalizing a constraint expression.
8995     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8996                           ConstraintNormalization, NamedDecl *Template,
8997                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
8998 
8999     struct ParameterMappingSubstitution {};
9000     /// \brief Note that we are subtituting into the parameter mapping of an
9001     /// atomic constraint during constraint normalization.
9002     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9003                           ParameterMappingSubstitution, NamedDecl *Template,
9004                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
9005 
9006     /// \brief Note that we are substituting template arguments into a part of
9007     /// a requirement of a requires expression.
9008     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9009                           concepts::Requirement *Req,
9010                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
9011                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
9012 
9013     /// \brief Note that we are checking the satisfaction of the constraint
9014     /// expression inside of a nested requirement.
9015     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9016                           concepts::NestedRequirement *Req, ConstraintsCheck,
9017                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
9018 
9019     /// Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
9020     void Clear();
9021 
9022     ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
9023 
9024     /// Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
9025     /// recursive template instantiations.
9026     bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
9027 
9028     /// Determine whether we are already instantiating this
9029     /// specialization in some surrounding active instantiation.
9030     bool isAlreadyInstantiating() const { return AlreadyInstantiating; }
9031 
9032   private:
9033     Sema &SemaRef;
9034     bool Invalid;
9035     bool AlreadyInstantiating;
9036     bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9037                                  SourceRange InstantiationRange);
9038 
9039     InstantiatingTemplate(
9040         Sema &SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind,
9041         SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange,
9042         Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr,
9043         ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None,
9044         sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr);
9045 
9046     InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
9047 
9048     InstantiatingTemplate&
9049     operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
9050   };
9051 
9052   void pushCodeSynthesisContext(CodeSynthesisContext Ctx);
9053   void popCodeSynthesisContext();
9054 
9055   /// Determine whether we are currently performing template instantiation.
9056   bool inTemplateInstantiation() const {
9057     return CodeSynthesisContexts.size() > NonInstantiationEntries;
9058   }
9059 
9060   void PrintContextStack() {
9061     if (!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&
9062         CodeSynthesisContexts.size() != LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth) {
9063       PrintInstantiationStack();
9064       LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = CodeSynthesisContexts.size();
9065     }
9066     if (PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl)
9067       PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint();
9068   }
9069   void PrintInstantiationStack();
9070 
9071   void PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint();
9072 
9073   /// Determines whether we are currently in a context where
9074   /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
9075   /// errors.
9076   ///
9077   /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
9078   /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
9079   /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
9080   /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
9081   Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
9082 
9083   /// Determines whether we are currently in a context that
9084   /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
9085   bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
9086     assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
9087            "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
9088     return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
9089   }
9090 
9091   /// RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
9092   /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
9093   /// deduction.
9094   class SFINAETrap {
9095     Sema &SemaRef;
9096     unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
9097     bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
9098     bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
9099     bool PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored;
9100 
9101   public:
9102     explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
9103       : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
9104         PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
9105                                       SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
9106         PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE),
9107         PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored(
9108             SemaRef.getDiagnostics().isLastDiagnosticIgnored())
9109     {
9110       if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
9111         SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
9112       SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
9113     }
9114 
9115     ~SFINAETrap() {
9116       SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
9117       SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
9118         = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
9119       SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
9120       SemaRef.getDiagnostics().setLastDiagnosticIgnored(
9121           PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored);
9122     }
9123 
9124     /// Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
9125     bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
9126       return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
9127     }
9128   };
9129 
9130   /// RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
9131   /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
9132   /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
9133   /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
9134   class TentativeAnalysisScope {
9135     Sema &SemaRef;
9136     // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
9137     SFINAETrap Trap;
9138     bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
9139   public:
9140     explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
9141         : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
9142           PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
9143       SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
9144     }
9145     ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
9146       SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
9147     }
9148   };
9149 
9150   /// The current instantiation scope used to store local
9151   /// variables.
9152   LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
9153 
9154   /// Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
9155   /// disabled.
9156   bool DisableTypoCorrection;
9157 
9158   /// The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
9159   unsigned TyposCorrected;
9160 
9161   typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
9162   typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
9163 
9164   /// A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
9165   /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
9166   /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
9167   IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
9168 
9169   /// Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
9170   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
9171   threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache;
9172 
9173   /// An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
9174   ///
9175   /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
9176   /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
9177   /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
9178   /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
9179   /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
9180   /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
9181   typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
9182 
9183   /// The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
9184   /// but have not yet been performed.
9185   std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
9186 
9187   /// Queue of implicit template instantiations that cannot be performed
9188   /// eagerly.
9189   SmallVector<PendingImplicitInstantiation, 1> LateParsedInstantiations;
9190 
9191   class GlobalEagerInstantiationScope {
9192   public:
9193     GlobalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S, bool Enabled)
9194         : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) {
9195       if (!Enabled) return;
9196 
9197       SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations);
9198       SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses);
9199     }
9200 
9201     void perform() {
9202       if (Enabled) {
9203         S.DefineUsedVTables();
9204         S.PerformPendingInstantiations();
9205       }
9206     }
9207 
9208     ~GlobalEagerInstantiationScope() {
9209       if (!Enabled) return;
9210 
9211       // Restore the set of pending vtables.
9212       assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&
9213              "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.");
9214       S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses);
9215 
9216       // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations.
9217       if (S.TUKind != TU_Prefix || !S.LangOpts.PCHInstantiateTemplates) {
9218         assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&
9219                "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.");
9220         S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations);
9221       } else {
9222         // Template instantiations in the PCH may be delayed until the TU.
9223         S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations);
9224         S.PendingInstantiations.insert(S.PendingInstantiations.end(),
9225                                        SavedPendingInstantiations.begin(),
9226                                        SavedPendingInstantiations.end());
9227       }
9228     }
9229 
9230   private:
9231     Sema &S;
9232     SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses;
9233     std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations;
9234     bool Enabled;
9235   };
9236 
9237   /// The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
9238   /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
9239   ///
9240   /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
9241   /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
9242   /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
9243   /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
9244   std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
9245 
9246   class LocalEagerInstantiationScope {
9247   public:
9248     LocalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S) : S(S) {
9249       SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
9250           S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
9251     }
9252 
9253     void perform() { S.PerformPendingInstantiations(/*LocalOnly=*/true); }
9254 
9255     ~LocalEagerInstantiationScope() {
9256       assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&
9257              "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations");
9258       SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
9259           S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
9260     }
9261 
9262   private:
9263     Sema &S;
9264     std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>
9265         SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
9266   };
9267 
9268   /// A helper class for building up ExtParameterInfos.
9269   class ExtParameterInfoBuilder {
9270     SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 16> Infos;
9271     bool HasInteresting = false;
9272 
9273   public:
9274     /// Set the ExtParameterInfo for the parameter at the given index,
9275     ///
9276     void set(unsigned index, FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo info) {
9277       assert(Infos.size() <= index);
9278       Infos.resize(index);
9279       Infos.push_back(info);
9280 
9281       if (!HasInteresting)
9282         HasInteresting = (info != FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo());
9283     }
9284 
9285     /// Return a pointer (suitable for setting in an ExtProtoInfo) to the
9286     /// ExtParameterInfo array we've built up.
9287     const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *
9288     getPointerOrNull(unsigned numParams) {
9289       if (!HasInteresting) return nullptr;
9290       Infos.resize(numParams);
9291       return Infos.data();
9292     }
9293   };
9294 
9295   void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
9296 
9297   TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
9298                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9299                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
9300                             bool AllowDeducedTST = false);
9301 
9302   QualType SubstType(QualType T,
9303                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9304                      SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
9305 
9306   TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
9307                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9308                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
9309 
9310   TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
9311                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9312                                         SourceLocation Loc,
9313                                         DeclarationName Entity,
9314                                         CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
9315                                         Qualifiers ThisTypeQuals);
9316   void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
9317                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
9318   bool SubstExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
9319                           FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI,
9320                           SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionStorage,
9321                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
9322   ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
9323                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9324                                 int indexAdjustment,
9325                                 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
9326                                 bool ExpectParameterPack);
9327   bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params,
9328                       const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *ExtParamInfos,
9329                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9330                       SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
9331                       SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams,
9332                       ExtParameterInfoBuilder &ParamInfos);
9333   ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
9334                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9335 
9336   /// Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
9337   /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
9338   ///
9339   /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
9340   ///
9341   /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
9342   /// default arguments will be dropped.
9343   ///
9344   /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
9345   ///
9346   /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
9347   ///
9348   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
9349   bool SubstExprs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, bool IsCall,
9350                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9351                   SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
9352 
9353   StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
9354                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9355 
9356   TemplateParameterList *
9357   SubstTemplateParams(TemplateParameterList *Params, DeclContext *Owner,
9358                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9359 
9360   bool
9361   SubstTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args,
9362                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9363                          TemplateArgumentListInfo &Outputs);
9364 
9365 
9366   Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
9367                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9368 
9369   /// Substitute the name and return type of a defaulted 'operator<=>' to form
9370   /// an implicit 'operator=='.
9371   FunctionDecl *SubstSpaceshipAsEqualEqual(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
9372                                            FunctionDecl *Spaceship);
9373 
9374   ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
9375                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9376                        bool CXXDirectInit);
9377 
9378   bool
9379   SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
9380                       CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
9381                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9382 
9383   bool
9384   InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9385                    CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
9386                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9387                    TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
9388                    bool Complain = true);
9389 
9390   bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9391                        EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
9392                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9393                        TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
9394 
9395   bool InstantiateInClassInitializer(
9396       SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation,
9397       FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9398 
9399   struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
9400     const Attr *TmplAttr;
9401     LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
9402     Decl *NewDecl;
9403 
9404     LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
9405                               Decl *D)
9406       : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
9407     { }
9408   };
9409   typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
9410 
9411   void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9412                         const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
9413                         LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
9414                         LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
9415 
9416   void
9417   InstantiateAttrsForDecl(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9418                           const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
9419                           LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
9420                           LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
9421 
9422   void InstantiateDefaultCtorDefaultArgs(CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
9423 
9424   bool usesPartialOrExplicitSpecialization(
9425       SourceLocation Loc, ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec);
9426 
9427   bool
9428   InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9429                            ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
9430                            TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
9431                            bool Complain = true);
9432 
9433   void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9434                                CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
9435                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9436                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
9437 
9438   void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
9439                                           SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9440                            ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
9441                                                 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
9442 
9443   NestedNameSpecifierLoc
9444   SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
9445                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9446 
9447   DeclarationNameInfo
9448   SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
9449                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9450   TemplateName
9451   SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
9452                     SourceLocation Loc,
9453                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9454   bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
9455              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
9456              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9457 
9458   bool InstantiateDefaultArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD,
9459                                   ParmVarDecl *Param);
9460   void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9461                                 FunctionDecl *Function);
9462   bool CheckInstantiatedFunctionTemplateConstraints(
9463       SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FunctionDecl *Decl,
9464       ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
9465       ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction);
9466   FunctionDecl *InstantiateFunctionDeclaration(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD,
9467                                                const TemplateArgumentList *Args,
9468                                                SourceLocation Loc);
9469   void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9470                                      FunctionDecl *Function,
9471                                      bool Recursive = false,
9472                                      bool DefinitionRequired = false,
9473                                      bool AtEndOfTU = false);
9474   VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
9475       VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
9476       const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
9477       const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
9478       SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
9479       SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9480       LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
9481       LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr);
9482   VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
9483       VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
9484       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9485   void
9486   BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
9487                              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9488                              LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
9489                              DeclContext *Owner,
9490                              LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
9491                              bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false,
9492                              VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *PrevVTSD = nullptr);
9493 
9494   void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
9495       VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
9496       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9497   void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9498                                      VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
9499                                      bool DefinitionRequired = false,
9500                                      bool AtEndOfTU = false);
9501 
9502   void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
9503                                   const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
9504                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9505 
9506   NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
9507                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9508                           bool FindingInstantiatedContext = false);
9509   DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
9510                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9511 
9512   // Objective-C declarations.
9513   enum ObjCContainerKind {
9514     OCK_None = -1,
9515     OCK_Interface = 0,
9516     OCK_Protocol,
9517     OCK_Category,
9518     OCK_ClassExtension,
9519     OCK_Implementation,
9520     OCK_CategoryImplementation
9521   };
9522   ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
9523 
9524   DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S,
9525                                 ObjCTypeParamVariance variance,
9526                                 SourceLocation varianceLoc,
9527                                 unsigned index,
9528                                 IdentifierInfo *paramName,
9529                                 SourceLocation paramLoc,
9530                                 SourceLocation colonLoc,
9531                                 ParsedType typeBound);
9532 
9533   ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
9534                                             ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams,
9535                                             SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
9536   void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList);
9537 
9538   Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(
9539       Scope *S, SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9540       SourceLocation ClassLoc, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
9541       IdentifierInfo *SuperName, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
9542       ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange,
9543       Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
9544       const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
9545       const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
9546 
9547   void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S,
9548                                        SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
9549                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
9550                                        IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9551                                        SourceLocation ClassLoc,
9552                                        IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
9553                                        SourceLocation SuperLoc,
9554                                        ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs,
9555                                        SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange);
9556 
9557   void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
9558                                SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &ProtocolLocs,
9559                                IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
9560                                SourceLocation SuperLoc);
9561 
9562   Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
9563                     SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
9564                     IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
9565                     IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
9566 
9567   bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
9568     IdentifierInfo *PName,
9569     SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
9570     const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
9571 
9572   Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
9573       SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName,
9574       SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, Decl *const *ProtoRefNames,
9575       unsigned NumProtoRefs, const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
9576       SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
9577 
9578   Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(
9579       SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9580       SourceLocation ClassLoc, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
9581       IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
9582       Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
9583       const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
9584       const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
9585 
9586   Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
9587                                       IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9588                                       SourceLocation ClassLoc,
9589                                       IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
9590                                       SourceLocation SuperClassLoc,
9591                                       const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
9592 
9593   Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
9594                                          IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9595                                          SourceLocation ClassLoc,
9596                                          IdentifierInfo *CatName,
9597                                          SourceLocation CatLoc,
9598                                          const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
9599 
9600   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
9601                                                ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
9602 
9603   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
9604                    IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
9605                    SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
9606                    ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists,
9607                    unsigned NumElts);
9608 
9609   DeclGroupPtrTy
9610   ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
9611                                   ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList,
9612                                   const ParsedAttributesView &attrList);
9613 
9614   void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer,
9615                                ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId,
9616                                SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
9617 
9618   void DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId,
9619                                     SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
9620                                     IdentifierInfo *TypeArgId,
9621                                     SourceLocation TypeArgLoc,
9622                                     bool SelectProtocolFirst = false);
9623 
9624   /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the
9625   /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type
9626   /// arguments, as appropriate.
9627   void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers(
9628          Scope *S,
9629          ParsedType baseType,
9630          SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
9631          ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers,
9632          ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs,
9633          SourceLocation rAngleLoc,
9634          SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc,
9635          SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs,
9636          SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc,
9637          SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc,
9638          SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols,
9639          SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc,
9640          bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols);
9641 
9642   /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no
9643   /// base type was specified.
9644   TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType(
9645                SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
9646                ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols,
9647                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs,
9648                SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
9649 
9650   /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type.
9651   TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers(
9652                Scope *S,
9653                SourceLocation Loc,
9654                ParsedType BaseType,
9655                SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
9656                ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs,
9657                SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
9658                SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
9659                ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols,
9660                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
9661                SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc);
9662 
9663   /// Build an Objective-C type parameter type.
9664   QualType BuildObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl,
9665                                   SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
9666                                   ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols,
9667                                   ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
9668                                   SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc,
9669                                   bool FailOnError = false);
9670 
9671   /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type.
9672   QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
9673                                SourceLocation Loc,
9674                                SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
9675                                ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs,
9676                                SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
9677                                SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
9678                                ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols,
9679                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
9680                                SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc,
9681                                bool FailOnError = false);
9682 
9683   /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
9684   /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
9685   /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
9686   void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
9687                                    SourceLocation Loc,
9688                                    unsigned &Attributes,
9689                                    bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
9690 
9691   /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
9692   /// setters and getters as needed.
9693   /// \param property The property declaration being processed
9694   void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property);
9695 
9696 
9697   void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
9698                                 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
9699                                 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
9700                                 bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
9701 
9702   void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
9703                                         ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
9704 
9705   Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
9706                    ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
9707                    ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
9708 
9709   Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
9710                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9711                       FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
9712                       Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
9713                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
9714                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
9715 
9716   Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
9717                               SourceLocation AtLoc,
9718                               SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
9719                               bool ImplKind,
9720                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
9721                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
9722                               SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc,
9723                               ObjCPropertyQueryKind QueryKind);
9724 
9725   enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
9726     OSMK_None,
9727     OSMK_Alloc,
9728     OSMK_New,
9729     OSMK_Copy,
9730     OSMK_RetainingInit,
9731     OSMK_NonRetainingInit
9732   };
9733 
9734   struct ObjCArgInfo {
9735     IdentifierInfo *Name;
9736     SourceLocation NameLoc;
9737     // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
9738     // in this case.
9739     ParsedType Type;
9740     ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
9741 
9742     /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
9743     ParsedAttributesView ArgAttrs;
9744   };
9745 
9746   Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
9747       Scope *S,
9748       SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
9749       SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
9750       tok::TokenKind MethodType, ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
9751       ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
9752       // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
9753       // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
9754       ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo,
9755       unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
9756       const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
9757       bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
9758 
9759   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
9760                                               const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
9761                                               bool IsInstance);
9762   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
9763                                            bool IsInstance);
9764 
9765   bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
9766   bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
9767 
9768   void deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(ValueDecl *decl);
9769 
9770   ExprResult
9771   HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
9772                             Expr *BaseExpr,
9773                             SourceLocation OpLoc,
9774                             DeclarationName MemberName,
9775                             SourceLocation MemberLoc,
9776                             SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
9777                             bool Super);
9778 
9779   ExprResult
9780   ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
9781                             IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
9782                             SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
9783                             SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
9784 
9785   ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
9786 
9787   /// Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
9788   /// send that starts with an identifier.
9789   enum ObjCMessageKind {
9790     /// The message is sent to 'super'.
9791     ObjCSuperMessage,
9792     /// The message is an instance message.
9793     ObjCInstanceMessage,
9794     /// The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
9795     /// name.
9796     ObjCClassMessage
9797   };
9798 
9799   ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
9800                                      IdentifierInfo *Name,
9801                                      SourceLocation NameLoc,
9802                                      bool IsSuper,
9803                                      bool HasTrailingDot,
9804                                      ParsedType &ReceiverType);
9805 
9806   ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
9807                                Selector Sel,
9808                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
9809                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
9810                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
9811                                MultiExprArg Args);
9812 
9813   ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
9814                                QualType ReceiverType,
9815                                SourceLocation SuperLoc,
9816                                Selector Sel,
9817                                ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
9818                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
9819                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
9820                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
9821                                MultiExprArg Args,
9822                                bool isImplicit = false);
9823 
9824   ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
9825                                        bool isSuperReceiver,
9826                                        SourceLocation Loc,
9827                                        Selector Sel,
9828                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
9829                                        MultiExprArg Args);
9830 
9831   ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
9832                                ParsedType Receiver,
9833                                Selector Sel,
9834                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
9835                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
9836                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
9837                                MultiExprArg Args);
9838 
9839   ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
9840                                   QualType ReceiverType,
9841                                   SourceLocation SuperLoc,
9842                                   Selector Sel,
9843                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
9844                                   SourceLocation LBracLoc,
9845                                   ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
9846                                   SourceLocation RBracLoc,
9847                                   MultiExprArg Args,
9848                                   bool isImplicit = false);
9849 
9850   ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
9851                                           QualType ReceiverType,
9852                                           SourceLocation Loc,
9853                                           Selector Sel,
9854                                           ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
9855                                           MultiExprArg Args);
9856 
9857   ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
9858                                   Expr *Receiver,
9859                                   Selector Sel,
9860                                   SourceLocation LBracLoc,
9861                                   ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
9862                                   SourceLocation RBracLoc,
9863                                   MultiExprArg Args);
9864 
9865   ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9866                                   ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
9867                                   SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
9868                                   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9869                                   Expr *SubExpr);
9870 
9871   ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
9872                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9873                                   ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
9874                                   SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
9875                                   ParsedType Type,
9876                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
9877                                   Expr *SubExpr);
9878 
9879   void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
9880 
9881   void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
9882 
9883   bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
9884                                      CastKind &Kind);
9885 
9886   bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc,
9887                                         QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
9888                                         ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass,
9889                                         ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod,
9890                                         ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod,
9891                                         TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl,
9892                                         bool CfToNs, bool Diagnose = true);
9893 
9894   bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc,
9895                                          QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
9896                                          Expr *&SrcExpr, bool Diagnose = true);
9897 
9898   bool CheckConversionToObjCLiteral(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr,
9899                                     bool Diagnose = true);
9900 
9901   bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
9902 
9903   /// Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
9904   /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
9905   void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
9906                                const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
9907 
9908   /// Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
9909   enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
9910     RTC_Compatible,
9911     RTC_Incompatible,
9912     RTC_Unknown
9913   };
9914 
9915   void CheckObjCMethodDirectOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *method,
9916                                       ObjCMethodDecl *overridden);
9917 
9918   void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
9919                                 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
9920                                 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
9921 
9922   enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
9923     POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
9924     POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
9925     POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
9926     POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
9927     POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
9928     POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
9929   };
9930 
9931   /// ActOnPragmaClangSection - Called on well formed \#pragma clang section
9932   void ActOnPragmaClangSection(SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
9933                                PragmaClangSectionAction Action,
9934                                PragmaClangSectionKind SecKind, StringRef SecName);
9935 
9936   /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
9937   void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
9938                                SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
9939 
9940   /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
9941   void ActOnPragmaPack(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, PragmaMsStackAction Action,
9942                        StringRef SlotLabel, Expr *Alignment);
9943 
9944   enum class PragmaAlignPackDiagnoseKind {
9945     NonDefaultStateAtInclude,
9946     ChangedStateAtExit
9947   };
9948 
9949   void DiagnoseNonDefaultPragmaAlignPack(PragmaAlignPackDiagnoseKind Kind,
9950                                          SourceLocation IncludeLoc);
9951   void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAlignPack();
9952 
9953   /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
9954   void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
9955 
9956   /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
9957   /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
9958   void ActOnPragmaMSComment(SourceLocation CommentLoc, PragmaMSCommentKind Kind,
9959                             StringRef Arg);
9960 
9961   /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma
9962   /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose
9963   /// representation]).
9964   void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers(
9965       LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind,
9966       SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
9967 
9968   /// Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp().
9969   void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaMsStackAction Action,
9970                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
9971                              MSVtorDispMode Value);
9972 
9973   enum PragmaSectionKind {
9974     PSK_DataSeg,
9975     PSK_BSSSeg,
9976     PSK_ConstSeg,
9977     PSK_CodeSeg,
9978   };
9979 
9980   bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, int SectionFlags,
9981                     NamedDecl *TheDecl);
9982   bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
9983                     int SectionFlags,
9984                     SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation);
9985 
9986   /// Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg.
9987   void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
9988                         PragmaMsStackAction Action,
9989                         llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
9990                         StringLiteral *SegmentName,
9991                         llvm::StringRef PragmaName);
9992 
9993   /// Called on well formed \#pragma section().
9994   void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
9995                             int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName);
9996 
9997   /// Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg().
9998   void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
9999                             StringLiteral *SegmentName);
10000 
10001   /// Called on #pragma clang __debug dump II
10002   void ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo *II);
10003 
10004   /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
10005   void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name,
10006                                  StringRef Value);
10007 
10008   /// Are precise floating point semantics currently enabled?
10009   bool isPreciseFPEnabled() {
10010     return !CurFPFeatures.getAllowFPReassociate() &&
10011            !CurFPFeatures.getNoSignedZero() &&
10012            !CurFPFeatures.getAllowReciprocal() &&
10013            !CurFPFeatures.getAllowApproxFunc();
10014   }
10015 
10016   /// ActOnPragmaFloatControl - Call on well-formed \#pragma float_control
10017   void ActOnPragmaFloatControl(SourceLocation Loc, PragmaMsStackAction Action,
10018                                PragmaFloatControlKind Value);
10019 
10020   /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
10021   void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
10022                          Scope *curScope,
10023                          SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
10024 
10025   /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
10026   void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
10027                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
10028 
10029   NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
10030                                  SourceLocation Loc);
10031   void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
10032 
10033   /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
10034   void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
10035                          SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10036                          SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
10037 
10038   /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
10039   /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
10040   void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
10041                                   IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
10042                                   SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10043                                   SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
10044                                   SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
10045 
10046   /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
10047   void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
10048                             IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
10049                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10050                             SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
10051                             SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
10052 
10053   /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
10054   /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT and
10055   /// \#pragma clang fp contract
10056   void ActOnPragmaFPContract(SourceLocation Loc, LangOptions::FPModeKind FPC);
10057 
10058   /// Called on well formed
10059   /// \#pragma clang fp reassociate
10060   void ActOnPragmaFPReassociate(SourceLocation Loc, bool IsEnabled);
10061 
10062   /// ActOnPragmaFenvAccess - Called on well formed
10063   /// \#pragma STDC FENV_ACCESS
10064   void ActOnPragmaFEnvAccess(SourceLocation Loc, bool IsEnabled);
10065 
10066   /// Called on well formed '\#pragma clang fp' that has option 'exceptions'.
10067   void ActOnPragmaFPExceptions(SourceLocation Loc,
10068                                LangOptions::FPExceptionModeKind);
10069 
10070   /// Called to set constant rounding mode for floating point operations.
10071   void setRoundingMode(SourceLocation Loc, llvm::RoundingMode);
10072 
10073   /// Called to set exception behavior for floating point operations.
10074   void setExceptionMode(SourceLocation Loc, LangOptions::FPExceptionModeKind);
10075 
10076   /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
10077   /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
10078   void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
10079 
10080   /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
10081   void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
10082 
10083   /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
10084   /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
10085   void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
10086                                    SourceLocation Loc);
10087 
10088   /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
10089   /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
10090   void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
10091 
10092   /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
10093   /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
10094   void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
10095 
10096   /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
10097   void FreeVisContext();
10098 
10099   /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
10100   /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
10101   /// the appropriate attribute.
10102   void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
10103 
10104   void ActOnPragmaAttributeAttribute(ParsedAttr &Attribute,
10105                                      SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10106                                      attr::ParsedSubjectMatchRuleSet Rules);
10107   void ActOnPragmaAttributeEmptyPush(SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10108                                      const IdentifierInfo *Namespace);
10109 
10110   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute pop'.
10111   void ActOnPragmaAttributePop(SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10112                                const IdentifierInfo *Namespace);
10113 
10114   /// Adds the attributes that have been specified using the
10115   /// '\#pragma clang attribute push' directives to the given declaration.
10116   void AddPragmaAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D);
10117 
10118   void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAttribute();
10119 
10120   /// Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize.
10121   void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
10122 
10123   /// Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize
10124   /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on".
10125   SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const {
10126     return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
10127   }
10128 
10129   /// Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope
10130   /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function
10131   /// with attribute optnone.
10132   void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD);
10133 
10134   /// Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there
10135   /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone'
10136   /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma).
10137   void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc);
10138 
10139   /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
10140   void AddAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E,
10141                       bool IsPackExpansion);
10142   void AddAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, TypeSourceInfo *T,
10143                       bool IsPackExpansion);
10144 
10145   /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular
10146   /// declaration.
10147   void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E,
10148                             Expr *OE);
10149 
10150   /// AddAllocAlignAttr - Adds an alloc_align attribute to a particular
10151   /// declaration.
10152   void AddAllocAlignAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
10153                          Expr *ParamExpr);
10154 
10155   /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular
10156   /// declaration.
10157   void AddAlignValueAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E);
10158 
10159   /// AddAnnotationAttr - Adds an annotation Annot with Args arguments to D.
10160   void AddAnnotationAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
10161                          StringRef Annot, MutableArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
10162 
10163   /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular
10164   /// declaration.
10165   void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
10166                            Expr *MaxThreads, Expr *MinBlocks);
10167 
10168   /// AddModeAttr - Adds a mode attribute to a particular declaration.
10169   void AddModeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, IdentifierInfo *Name,
10170                    bool InInstantiation = false);
10171 
10172   void AddParameterABIAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
10173                            ParameterABI ABI);
10174 
10175   enum class RetainOwnershipKind {NS, CF, OS};
10176   void AddXConsumedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
10177                         RetainOwnershipKind K, bool IsTemplateInstantiation);
10178 
10179   /// addAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr - Adds an amdgpu_flat_work_group_size
10180   /// attribute to a particular declaration.
10181   void addAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
10182                                       Expr *Min, Expr *Max);
10183 
10184   /// addAMDGPUWavePersEUAttr - Adds an amdgpu_waves_per_eu attribute to a
10185   /// particular declaration.
10186   void addAMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
10187                                Expr *Min, Expr *Max);
10188 
10189   bool checkNSReturnsRetainedReturnType(SourceLocation loc, QualType type);
10190 
10191   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10192   // C++ Coroutines TS
10193   //
10194   bool ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc,
10195                                StringRef Keyword);
10196   ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
10197   ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
10198   StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
10199 
10200   ExprResult BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E,
10201                                       bool IsImplicit = false);
10202   ExprResult BuildUnresolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E,
10203                                         UnresolvedLookupExpr* Lookup);
10204   ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
10205   StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E,
10206                                bool IsImplicit = false);
10207   StmtResult BuildCoroutineBodyStmt(CoroutineBodyStmt::CtorArgs);
10208   bool buildCoroutineParameterMoves(SourceLocation Loc);
10209   VarDecl *buildCoroutinePromise(SourceLocation Loc);
10210   void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body);
10211   ClassTemplateDecl *lookupCoroutineTraits(SourceLocation KwLoc,
10212                                            SourceLocation FuncLoc);
10213   /// Check that the expression co_await promise.final_suspend() shall not be
10214   /// potentially-throwing.
10215   bool checkFinalSuspendNoThrow(const Stmt *FinalSuspend);
10216 
10217   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10218   // OpenMP directives and clauses.
10219   //
10220 private:
10221   void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
10222 
10223   struct DeclareTargetContextInfo {
10224     struct MapInfo {
10225       OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT;
10226       SourceLocation Loc;
10227     };
10228     /// Explicitly listed variables and functions in a 'to' or 'link' clause.
10229     llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, MapInfo> ExplicitlyMapped;
10230 
10231     /// The 'device_type' as parsed from the clause.
10232     OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy DT = OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Any;
10233 
10234     /// The directive kind, `begin declare target` or `declare target`.
10235     OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind;
10236 
10237     /// The directive location.
10238     SourceLocation Loc;
10239 
10240     DeclareTargetContextInfo(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, SourceLocation Loc)
10241         : Kind(Kind), Loc(Loc) {}
10242   };
10243 
10244   /// Number of nested '#pragma omp declare target' directives.
10245   SmallVector<DeclareTargetContextInfo, 4> DeclareTargetNesting;
10246 
10247   /// Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
10248   void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
10249   void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
10250   ExprResult
10251   VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op, OpenMPClauseKind CKind,
10252                                         bool StrictlyPositive = true,
10253                                         bool SuppressExprDiags = false);
10254   /// Returns OpenMP nesting level for current directive.
10255   unsigned getOpenMPNestingLevel() const;
10256 
10257   /// Adjusts the function scopes index for the target-based regions.
10258   void adjustOpenMPTargetScopeIndex(unsigned &FunctionScopesIndex,
10259                                     unsigned Level) const;
10260 
10261   /// Returns the number of scopes associated with the construct on the given
10262   /// OpenMP level.
10263   int getNumberOfConstructScopes(unsigned Level) const;
10264 
10265   /// Push new OpenMP function region for non-capturing function.
10266   void pushOpenMPFunctionRegion();
10267 
10268   /// Pop OpenMP function region for non-capturing function.
10269   void popOpenMPFunctionRegion(const sema::FunctionScopeInfo *OldFSI);
10270 
10271   /// Analyzes and checks a loop nest for use by a loop transformation.
10272   ///
10273   /// \param Kind          The loop transformation directive kind.
10274   /// \param NumLoops      How many nested loops the directive is expecting.
10275   /// \param AStmt         Associated statement of the transformation directive.
10276   /// \param LoopHelpers   [out] The loop analysis result.
10277   /// \param Body          [out] The body code nested in \p NumLoops loop.
10278   /// \param OriginalInits [out] Collection of statements and declarations that
10279   ///                      must have been executed/declared before entering the
10280   ///                      loop.
10281   ///
10282   /// \return Whether there was any error.
10283   bool checkTransformableLoopNest(
10284       OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, Stmt *AStmt, int NumLoops,
10285       SmallVectorImpl<OMPLoopBasedDirective::HelperExprs> &LoopHelpers,
10286       Stmt *&Body,
10287       SmallVectorImpl<SmallVector<llvm::PointerUnion<Stmt *, Decl *>, 0>>
10288           &OriginalInits);
10289 
10290   /// Helper to keep information about the current `omp begin/end declare
10291   /// variant` nesting.
10292   struct OMPDeclareVariantScope {
10293     /// The associated OpenMP context selector.
10294     OMPTraitInfo *TI;
10295 
10296     /// The associated OpenMP context selector mangling.
10297     std::string NameSuffix;
10298 
10299     OMPDeclareVariantScope(OMPTraitInfo &TI);
10300   };
10301 
10302   /// Return the OMPTraitInfo for the surrounding scope, if any.
10303   OMPTraitInfo *getOMPTraitInfoForSurroundingScope() {
10304     return OMPDeclareVariantScopes.empty() ? nullptr
10305                                            : OMPDeclareVariantScopes.back().TI;
10306   }
10307 
10308   /// The current `omp begin/end declare variant` scopes.
10309   SmallVector<OMPDeclareVariantScope, 4> OMPDeclareVariantScopes;
10310 
10311   /// The current `omp begin/end assumes` scopes.
10312   SmallVector<AssumptionAttr *, 4> OMPAssumeScoped;
10313 
10314   /// All `omp assumes` we encountered so far.
10315   SmallVector<AssumptionAttr *, 4> OMPAssumeGlobal;
10316 
10317 public:
10318   /// The declarator \p D defines a function in the scope \p S which is nested
10319   /// in an `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. In this method we create a
10320   /// declaration for \p D and rename \p D according to the OpenMP context
10321   /// selector of the surrounding scope. Return all base functions in \p Bases.
10322   void ActOnStartOfFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(
10323       Scope *S, Declarator &D, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10324       SmallVectorImpl<FunctionDecl *> &Bases);
10325 
10326   /// Register \p D as specialization of all base functions in \p Bases in the
10327   /// current `omp begin/end declare variant` scope.
10328   void ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(
10329       Decl *D, SmallVectorImpl<FunctionDecl *> &Bases);
10330 
10331   /// Act on \p D, a function definition inside of an `omp [begin/end] assumes`.
10332   void ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPAssumeScope(Decl *D);
10333 
10334   /// Can we exit an OpenMP declare variant scope at the moment.
10335   bool isInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope() const {
10336     return !OMPDeclareVariantScopes.empty();
10337   }
10338 
10339   /// Given the potential call expression \p Call, determine if there is a
10340   /// specialization via the OpenMP declare variant mechanism available. If
10341   /// there is, return the specialized call expression, otherwise return the
10342   /// original \p Call.
10343   ExprResult ActOnOpenMPCall(ExprResult Call, Scope *Scope,
10344                              SourceLocation LParenLoc, MultiExprArg ArgExprs,
10345                              SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *ExecConfig);
10346 
10347   /// Handle a `omp begin declare variant`.
10348   void ActOnOpenMPBeginDeclareVariant(SourceLocation Loc, OMPTraitInfo &TI);
10349 
10350   /// Handle a `omp end declare variant`.
10351   void ActOnOpenMPEndDeclareVariant();
10352 
10353   /// Checks if the variant/multiversion functions are compatible.
10354   bool areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible(
10355       const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10356       const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID,
10357       const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt,
10358       const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt,
10359       const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported,
10360       bool ConstexprSupported, bool CLinkageMayDiffer);
10361 
10362   /// Function tries to capture lambda's captured variables in the OpenMP region
10363   /// before the original lambda is captured.
10364   void tryCaptureOpenMPLambdas(ValueDecl *V);
10365 
10366   /// Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by
10367   /// reference.
10368   /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
10369   /// is performed.
10370   /// \param OpenMPCaptureLevel Capture level within an OpenMP construct.
10371   bool isOpenMPCapturedByRef(const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level,
10372                              unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel) const;
10373 
10374   /// Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private
10375   /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP
10376   /// constructs.
10377   VarDecl *isOpenMPCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, bool CheckScopeInfo = false,
10378                                 unsigned StopAt = 0);
10379   ExprResult getOpenMPCapturedExpr(VarDecl *Capture, ExprValueKind VK,
10380                                    ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation Loc);
10381 
10382   /// If the current region is a loop-based region, mark the start of the loop
10383   /// construct.
10384   void startOpenMPLoop();
10385 
10386   /// If the current region is a range loop-based region, mark the start of the
10387   /// loop construct.
10388   void startOpenMPCXXRangeFor();
10389 
10390   /// Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause.
10391   /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
10392   /// is performed.
10393   OpenMPClauseKind isOpenMPPrivateDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level,
10394                                        unsigned CapLevel) const;
10395 
10396   /// Sets OpenMP capture kind (OMPC_private, OMPC_firstprivate, OMPC_map etc.)
10397   /// for \p FD based on DSA for the provided corresponding captured declaration
10398   /// \p D.
10399   void setOpenMPCaptureKind(FieldDecl *FD, const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level);
10400 
10401   /// Check if the specified variable is captured  by 'target' directive.
10402   /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
10403   /// is performed.
10404   bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level,
10405                                   unsigned CaptureLevel) const;
10406 
10407   /// Check if the specified global variable must be captured  by outer capture
10408   /// regions.
10409   /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that
10410   /// the check is performed.
10411   bool isOpenMPGlobalCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level,
10412                                   unsigned CaptureLevel) const;
10413 
10414   ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc,
10415                                                     Expr *Op);
10416   /// Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
10417   void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
10418                            const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope,
10419                            SourceLocation Loc);
10420   /// Start analysis of clauses.
10421   void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K);
10422   /// End analysis of clauses.
10423   void EndOpenMPClause();
10424   /// Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
10425   void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
10426 
10427   /// Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is,
10428   /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as
10429   /// private by default.
10430   /// \param Init First part of the for loop.
10431   void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init);
10432 
10433   // OpenMP directives and clauses.
10434   /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
10435   /// threadprivate'.
10436   ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
10437                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &Id,
10438                                      OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind);
10439   /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
10440   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
10441                                      SourceLocation Loc,
10442                                      ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
10443   /// Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
10444   OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
10445                                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
10446   /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp allocate'.
10447   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPAllocateDirective(SourceLocation Loc,
10448                                               ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
10449                                               ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10450                                               DeclContext *Owner = nullptr);
10451 
10452   /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp [begin] assume[s]'.
10453   void ActOnOpenMPAssumesDirective(SourceLocation Loc,
10454                                    OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind,
10455                                    ArrayRef<StringRef> Assumptions,
10456                                    bool SkippedClauses);
10457 
10458   /// Check if there is an active global `omp begin assumes` directive.
10459   bool isInOpenMPAssumeScope() const { return !OMPAssumeScoped.empty(); }
10460 
10461   /// Check if there is an active global `omp assumes` directive.
10462   bool hasGlobalOpenMPAssumes() const { return !OMPAssumeGlobal.empty(); }
10463 
10464   /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp end assumes'.
10465   void ActOnOpenMPEndAssumesDirective();
10466 
10467   /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp requires'.
10468   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPRequiresDirective(SourceLocation Loc,
10469                                               ArrayRef<OMPClause *> ClauseList);
10470   /// Check restrictions on Requires directive
10471   OMPRequiresDecl *CheckOMPRequiresDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
10472                                         ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses);
10473   /// Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare
10474   /// reduction' construct.
10475   QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionType(SourceLocation TyLoc,
10476                                            TypeResult ParsedType);
10477   /// Called on start of '#pragma omp declare reduction'.
10478   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveStart(
10479       Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name,
10480       ArrayRef<std::pair<QualType, SourceLocation>> ReductionTypes,
10481       AccessSpecifier AS, Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr);
10482   /// Initialize declare reduction construct initializer.
10483   void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D);
10484   /// Finish current declare reduction construct initializer.
10485   void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Combiner);
10486   /// Initialize declare reduction construct initializer.
10487   /// \return omp_priv variable.
10488   VarDecl *ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D);
10489   /// Finish current declare reduction construct initializer.
10490   void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Initializer,
10491                                                  VarDecl *OmpPrivParm);
10492   /// Called at the end of '#pragma omp declare reduction'.
10493   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveEnd(
10494       Scope *S, DeclGroupPtrTy DeclReductions, bool IsValid);
10495 
10496   /// Check variable declaration in 'omp declare mapper' construct.
10497   TypeResult ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperVarDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
10498   /// Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare
10499   /// mapper' construct.
10500   QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperType(SourceLocation TyLoc,
10501                                         TypeResult ParsedType);
10502   /// Called on start of '#pragma omp declare mapper'.
10503   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperDirective(
10504       Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name, QualType MapperType,
10505       SourceLocation StartLoc, DeclarationName VN, AccessSpecifier AS,
10506       Expr *MapperVarRef, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10507       Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr);
10508   /// Build the mapper variable of '#pragma omp declare mapper'.
10509   ExprResult ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperDirectiveVarDecl(Scope *S,
10510                                                       QualType MapperType,
10511                                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
10512                                                       DeclarationName VN);
10513   bool isOpenMPDeclareMapperVarDeclAllowed(const VarDecl *VD) const;
10514   const ValueDecl *getOpenMPDeclareMapperVarName() const;
10515 
10516   /// Called on the start of target region i.e. '#pragma omp declare target'.
10517   bool ActOnStartOpenMPDeclareTargetContext(DeclareTargetContextInfo &DTCI);
10518 
10519   /// Called at the end of target region i.e. '#pragma omp end declare target'.
10520   const DeclareTargetContextInfo ActOnOpenMPEndDeclareTargetDirective();
10521 
10522   /// Called once a target context is completed, that can be when a
10523   /// '#pragma omp end declare target' was encountered or when a
10524   /// '#pragma omp declare target' without declaration-definition-seq was
10525   /// encountered.
10526   void ActOnFinishedOpenMPDeclareTargetContext(DeclareTargetContextInfo &DTCI);
10527 
10528   /// Searches for the provided declaration name for OpenMP declare target
10529   /// directive.
10530   NamedDecl *lookupOpenMPDeclareTargetName(Scope *CurScope,
10531                                            CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
10532                                            const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
10533 
10534   /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp declare target'.
10535   void ActOnOpenMPDeclareTargetName(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc,
10536                                     OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT,
10537                                     OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy DT);
10538 
10539   /// Check declaration inside target region.
10540   void
10541   checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(Expr *E, Decl *D,
10542                                    SourceLocation IdLoc = SourceLocation());
10543   /// Finishes analysis of the deferred functions calls that may be declared as
10544   /// host/nohost during device/host compilation.
10545   void finalizeOpenMPDelayedAnalysis(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
10546                                      const FunctionDecl *Callee,
10547                                      SourceLocation Loc);
10548   /// Return true inside OpenMP declare target region.
10549   bool isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() const {
10550     return !DeclareTargetNesting.empty();
10551   }
10552   /// Return true inside OpenMP target region.
10553   bool isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective() const;
10554 
10555   /// Return the number of captured regions created for an OpenMP directive.
10556   static int getOpenMPCaptureLevels(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind);
10557 
10558   /// Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region.
10559   void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope);
10560 
10561   /// Called for syntactical loops (ForStmt or CXXForRangeStmt) associated to
10562   /// an OpenMP loop directive.
10563   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCanonicalLoop(Stmt *AStmt);
10564 
10565   /// End of OpenMP region.
10566   ///
10567   /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region.
10568   /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region.
10569   ///
10570   /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region.
10571   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses);
10572   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(
10573       OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
10574       OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10575       Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
10576   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
10577   /// of the  associated statement.
10578   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10579                                           Stmt *AStmt,
10580                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
10581                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
10582   using VarsWithInheritedDSAType =
10583       llvm::SmallDenseMap<const ValueDecl *, const Expr *, 4>;
10584   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing
10585   /// of the associated statement.
10586   StmtResult
10587   ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt,
10588                            SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
10589                            VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10590   /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp tile' after parsing of its clauses and
10591   /// the associated statement.
10592   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTileDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10593                                       Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10594                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
10595   /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp unroll' after parsing of its clauses
10596   /// and the associated statement.
10597   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPUnrollDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10598                                         Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10599                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
10600   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing
10601   /// of the associated statement.
10602   StmtResult
10603   ActOnOpenMPForDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt,
10604                           SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
10605                           VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10606   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing
10607   /// of the associated statement.
10608   StmtResult
10609   ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt,
10610                               SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
10611                               VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10612   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing
10613   /// of the associated statement.
10614   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10615                                           Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10616                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
10617   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the
10618   /// associated statement.
10619   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10620                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
10621   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the
10622   /// associated statement.
10623   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10624                                         Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10625                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
10626   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the
10627   /// associated statement.
10628   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10629                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
10630   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the
10631   /// associated statement.
10632   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
10633                                           ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10634                                           Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10635                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
10636   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing
10637   /// of the  associated statement.
10638   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective(
10639       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10640       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10641   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after
10642   /// parsing of the  associated statement.
10643   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective(
10644       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10645       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10646   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel master' after
10647   /// parsing of the  associated statement.
10648   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelMasterDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10649                                                 Stmt *AStmt,
10650                                                 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10651                                                 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10652   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after
10653   /// parsing of the  associated statement.
10654   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10655                                                   Stmt *AStmt,
10656                                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
10657                                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
10658   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the
10659   /// associated statement.
10660   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10661                                       Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10662                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
10663   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'.
10664   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10665                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
10666   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'.
10667   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10668                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
10669   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'.
10670   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10671                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
10672   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'.
10673   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10674                                            Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10675                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
10676   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'.
10677   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10678                                        SourceLocation StartLoc,
10679                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
10680   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp depobj'.
10681   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDepobjDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10682                                         SourceLocation StartLoc,
10683                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
10684   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp scan'.
10685   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPScanDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10686                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
10687                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
10688   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the
10689   /// associated statement.
10690   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10691                                          Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10692                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
10693   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the
10694   /// associated statement.
10695   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10696                                         Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10697                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
10698   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the
10699   /// associated statement.
10700   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10701                                         Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10702                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
10703   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of
10704   /// the associated statement.
10705   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10706                                             Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10707                                             SourceLocation EndLoc);
10708   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target enter data' after
10709   /// parsing of the associated statement.
10710   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetEnterDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10711                                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
10712                                                  SourceLocation EndLoc,
10713                                                  Stmt *AStmt);
10714   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target exit data' after
10715   /// parsing of the associated statement.
10716   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetExitDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10717                                                 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10718                                                 SourceLocation EndLoc,
10719                                                 Stmt *AStmt);
10720   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel' after
10721   /// parsing of the associated statement.
10722   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10723                                                 Stmt *AStmt,
10724                                                 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10725                                                 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10726   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for' after
10727   /// parsing of the  associated statement.
10728   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForDirective(
10729       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10730       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10731   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the
10732   /// associated statement.
10733   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10734                                        Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10735                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
10736   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'.
10737   StmtResult
10738   ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10739                                         SourceLocation EndLoc,
10740                                         OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
10741   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'.
10742   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10743                                         SourceLocation StartLoc,
10744                                         SourceLocation EndLoc,
10745                                         OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
10746   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the
10747   /// associated statement.
10748   StmtResult
10749   ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt,
10750                                SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
10751                                VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10752   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of
10753   /// the associated statement.
10754   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective(
10755       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10756       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10757   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master taskloop' after parsing of the
10758   /// associated statement.
10759   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterTaskLoopDirective(
10760       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10761       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10762   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master taskloop simd' after parsing of
10763   /// the associated statement.
10764   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective(
10765       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10766       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10767   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel master taskloop' after
10768   /// parsing of the associated statement.
10769   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelMasterTaskLoopDirective(
10770       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10771       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10772   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel master taskloop simd' after
10773   /// parsing of the associated statement.
10774   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective(
10775       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10776       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10777   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing
10778   /// of the associated statement.
10779   StmtResult
10780   ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt,
10781                                  SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
10782                                  VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10783   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target update'.
10784   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetUpdateDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10785                                               SourceLocation StartLoc,
10786                                               SourceLocation EndLoc,
10787                                               Stmt *AStmt);
10788   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for' after
10789   /// parsing of the associated statement.
10790   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForDirective(
10791       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10792       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10793   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for simd'
10794   /// after parsing of the associated statement.
10795   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
10796       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10797       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10798   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute simd' after
10799   /// parsing of the associated statement.
10800   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeSimdDirective(
10801       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10802       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10803   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for simd' after
10804   /// parsing of the associated statement.
10805   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective(
10806       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10807       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10808   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target simd' after parsing of
10809   /// the associated statement.
10810   StmtResult
10811   ActOnOpenMPTargetSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt,
10812                                  SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
10813                                  VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10814   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute' after parsing of
10815   /// the associated statement.
10816   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeDirective(
10817       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10818       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10819   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute simd' after parsing
10820   /// of the associated statement.
10821   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective(
10822       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10823       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10824   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for simd'
10825   /// after parsing of the associated statement.
10826   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
10827       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10828       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10829   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for'
10830   /// after parsing of the associated statement.
10831   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective(
10832       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10833       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10834   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams' after parsing of the
10835   /// associated statement.
10836   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10837                                              Stmt *AStmt,
10838                                              SourceLocation StartLoc,
10839                                              SourceLocation EndLoc);
10840   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute' after parsing
10841   /// of the associated statement.
10842   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective(
10843       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10844       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10845   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for'
10846   /// after parsing of the associated statement.
10847   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective(
10848       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10849       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10850   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for
10851   /// simd' after parsing of the associated statement.
10852   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
10853       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10854       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10855   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute simd' after
10856   /// parsing of the associated statement.
10857   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective(
10858       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10859       SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10860   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp interop'.
10861   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPInteropDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10862                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
10863                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
10864   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp dispatch' after parsing of the
10865   // /associated statement.
10866   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDispatchDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10867                                           Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10868                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
10869   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp masked' after parsing of the
10870   // /associated statement.
10871   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMaskedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10872                                         Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10873                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
10874 
10875   /// Checks correctness of linear modifiers.
10876   bool CheckOpenMPLinearModifier(OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind,
10877                                  SourceLocation LinLoc);
10878   /// Checks that the specified declaration matches requirements for the linear
10879   /// decls.
10880   bool CheckOpenMPLinearDecl(const ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation ELoc,
10881                              OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, QualType Type,
10882                              bool IsDeclareSimd = false);
10883 
10884   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare simd' after parsing of
10885   /// the associated method/function.
10886   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareSimdDirective(
10887       DeclGroupPtrTy DG, OMPDeclareSimdDeclAttr::BranchStateTy BS,
10888       Expr *Simdlen, ArrayRef<Expr *> Uniforms, ArrayRef<Expr *> Aligneds,
10889       ArrayRef<Expr *> Alignments, ArrayRef<Expr *> Linears,
10890       ArrayRef<unsigned> LinModifiers, ArrayRef<Expr *> Steps, SourceRange SR);
10891 
10892   /// Checks '\#pragma omp declare variant' variant function and original
10893   /// functions after parsing of the associated method/function.
10894   /// \param DG Function declaration to which declare variant directive is
10895   /// applied to.
10896   /// \param VariantRef Expression that references the variant function, which
10897   /// must be used instead of the original one, specified in \p DG.
10898   /// \param TI The trait info object representing the match clause.
10899   /// \returns None, if the function/variant function are not compatible with
10900   /// the pragma, pair of original function/variant ref expression otherwise.
10901   Optional<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, Expr *>>
10902   checkOpenMPDeclareVariantFunction(DeclGroupPtrTy DG, Expr *VariantRef,
10903                                     OMPTraitInfo &TI, SourceRange SR);
10904 
10905   /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare variant' after parsing of
10906   /// the associated method/function.
10907   /// \param FD Function declaration to which declare variant directive is
10908   /// applied to.
10909   /// \param VariantRef Expression that references the variant function, which
10910   /// must be used instead of the original one, specified in \p DG.
10911   /// \param TI The context traits associated with the function variant.
10912   void ActOnOpenMPDeclareVariantDirective(FunctionDecl *FD, Expr *VariantRef,
10913                                           OMPTraitInfo &TI, SourceRange SR);
10914 
10915   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
10916                                          Expr *Expr,
10917                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
10918                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10919                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
10920   /// Called on well-formed 'allocator' clause.
10921   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAllocatorClause(Expr *Allocator,
10922                                         SourceLocation StartLoc,
10923                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10924                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
10925   /// Called on well-formed 'if' clause.
10926   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier,
10927                                  Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10928                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10929                                  SourceLocation NameModifierLoc,
10930                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
10931                                  SourceLocation EndLoc);
10932   /// Called on well-formed 'final' clause.
10933   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10934                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10935                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
10936   /// Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause.
10937   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads,
10938                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
10939                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10940                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
10941   /// Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause.
10942   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length,
10943                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
10944                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10945                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
10946   /// Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause.
10947   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10948                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10949                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
10950   /// Called on well-form 'sizes' clause.
10951   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSizesClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> SizeExprs,
10952                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
10953                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10954                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
10955   /// Called on well-form 'full' clauses.
10956   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFullClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10957                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
10958   /// Called on well-form 'partial' clauses.
10959   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPartialClause(Expr *FactorExpr, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10960                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10961                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
10962   /// Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause.
10963   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops,
10964                                        SourceLocation StartLoc,
10965                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10966                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
10967   /// Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause.
10968   OMPClause *
10969   ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
10970                            SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(),
10971                            Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr);
10972   /// Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause.
10973   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10974                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10975                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
10976   /// Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause.
10977   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10978                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10979                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
10980   /// Called on well-formed 'hint' clause.
10981   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10982                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10983                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
10984   /// Called on well-formed 'detach' clause.
10985   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDetachClause(Expr *Evt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10986                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10987                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
10988 
10989   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
10990                                      unsigned Argument,
10991                                      SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
10992                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
10993                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10994                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
10995   /// Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
10996   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(llvm::omp::DefaultKind Kind,
10997                                       SourceLocation KindLoc,
10998                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
10999                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11000                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
11001   /// Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause.
11002   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(llvm::omp::ProcBindKind Kind,
11003                                        SourceLocation KindLoc,
11004                                        SourceLocation StartLoc,
11005                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11006                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
11007   /// Called on well-formed 'order' clause.
11008   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPOrderClause(OpenMPOrderClauseKind Kind,
11009                                     SourceLocation KindLoc,
11010                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
11011                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11012                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
11013   /// Called on well-formed 'update' clause.
11014   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind Kind,
11015                                      SourceLocation KindLoc,
11016                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
11017                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11018                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
11019 
11020   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause(
11021       OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<unsigned> Arguments, Expr *Expr,
11022       SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11023       ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ArgumentsLoc, SourceLocation DelimLoc,
11024       SourceLocation EndLoc);
11025   /// Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause.
11026   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause(
11027       OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M1, OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M2,
11028       OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11029       SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation M1Loc, SourceLocation M2Loc,
11030       SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
11031 
11032   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11033                                SourceLocation EndLoc);
11034   /// Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause.
11035   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11036                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
11037   /// Called on well-formed 'untied' clause.
11038   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11039                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
11040   /// Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause.
11041   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11042                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
11043   /// Called on well-formed 'read' clause.
11044   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11045                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
11046   /// Called on well-formed 'write' clause.
11047   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11048                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
11049   /// Called on well-formed 'update' clause.
11050   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11051                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
11052   /// Called on well-formed 'capture' clause.
11053   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11054                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
11055   /// Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause.
11056   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11057                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
11058   /// Called on well-formed 'acq_rel' clause.
11059   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAcqRelClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11060                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
11061   /// Called on well-formed 'acquire' clause.
11062   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAcquireClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11063                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
11064   /// Called on well-formed 'release' clause.
11065   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReleaseClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11066                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
11067   /// Called on well-formed 'relaxed' clause.
11068   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPRelaxedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11069                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
11070 
11071   /// Called on well-formed 'init' clause.
11072   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInitClause(Expr *InteropVar, ArrayRef<Expr *> PrefExprs,
11073                                    bool IsTarget, bool IsTargetSync,
11074                                    SourceLocation StartLoc,
11075                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11076                                    SourceLocation VarLoc,
11077                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
11078 
11079   /// Called on well-formed 'use' clause.
11080   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseClause(Expr *InteropVar, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11081                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11082                                   SourceLocation VarLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
11083 
11084   /// Called on well-formed 'destroy' clause.
11085   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDestroyClause(Expr *InteropVar, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11086                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11087                                       SourceLocation VarLoc,
11088                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
11089   /// Called on well-formed 'novariants' clause.
11090   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNovariantsClause(Expr *Condition,
11091                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
11092                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11093                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
11094   /// Called on well-formed 'nocontext' clause.
11095   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNocontextClause(Expr *Condition,
11096                                         SourceLocation StartLoc,
11097                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11098                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
11099   /// Called on well-formed 'filter' clause.
11100   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFilterClause(Expr *ThreadID, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11101                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11102                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
11103   /// Called on well-formed 'threads' clause.
11104   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11105                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
11106   /// Called on well-formed 'simd' clause.
11107   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11108                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
11109   /// Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause.
11110   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11111                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
11112   /// Called on well-formed 'unified_address' clause.
11113   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUnifiedAddressClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11114                                              SourceLocation EndLoc);
11115 
11116   /// Called on well-formed 'unified_address' clause.
11117   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUnifiedSharedMemoryClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11118                                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
11119 
11120   /// Called on well-formed 'reverse_offload' clause.
11121   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReverseOffloadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11122                                              SourceLocation EndLoc);
11123 
11124   /// Called on well-formed 'dynamic_allocators' clause.
11125   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDynamicAllocatorsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11126                                                 SourceLocation EndLoc);
11127 
11128   /// Called on well-formed 'atomic_default_mem_order' clause.
11129   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAtomicDefaultMemOrderClause(
11130       OpenMPAtomicDefaultMemOrderClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation KindLoc,
11131       SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
11132 
11133   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(
11134       OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *DepModOrTailExpr,
11135       const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
11136       CXXScopeSpec &ReductionOrMapperIdScopeSpec,
11137       DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionOrMapperId, int ExtraModifier,
11138       ArrayRef<OpenMPMapModifierKind> MapTypeModifiers,
11139       ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MapTypeModifiersLoc, bool IsMapTypeImplicit,
11140       SourceLocation ExtraModifierLoc,
11141       ArrayRef<OpenMPMotionModifierKind> MotionModifiers,
11142       ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MotionModifiersLoc);
11143   /// Called on well-formed 'inclusive' clause.
11144   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInclusiveClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11145                                         SourceLocation StartLoc,
11146                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11147                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
11148   /// Called on well-formed 'exclusive' clause.
11149   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPExclusiveClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11150                                         SourceLocation StartLoc,
11151                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11152                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
11153   /// Called on well-formed 'allocate' clause.
11154   OMPClause *
11155   ActOnOpenMPAllocateClause(Expr *Allocator, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11156                             SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
11157                             SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
11158   /// Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
11159   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11160                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
11161                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11162                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
11163   /// Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
11164   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11165                                            SourceLocation StartLoc,
11166                                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11167                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
11168   /// Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause.
11169   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(
11170       ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, OpenMPLastprivateModifier LPKind,
11171       SourceLocation LPKindLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
11172       SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
11173   /// Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
11174   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11175                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
11176                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11177                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
11178   /// Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause.
11179   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReductionClause(
11180       ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, OpenMPReductionClauseModifier Modifier,
11181       SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11182       SourceLocation ModifierLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
11183       SourceLocation EndLoc, CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
11184       const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId,
11185       ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None);
11186   /// Called on well-formed 'task_reduction' clause.
11187   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPTaskReductionClause(
11188       ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11189       SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
11190       CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
11191       const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId,
11192       ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None);
11193   /// Called on well-formed 'in_reduction' clause.
11194   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInReductionClause(
11195       ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11196       SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
11197       CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
11198       const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId,
11199       ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None);
11200   /// Called on well-formed 'linear' clause.
11201   OMPClause *
11202   ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step,
11203                           SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11204                           OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc,
11205                           SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
11206   /// Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause.
11207   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11208                                       Expr *Alignment,
11209                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
11210                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11211                                       SourceLocation ColonLoc,
11212                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
11213   /// Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause.
11214   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11215                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
11216                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11217                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
11218   /// Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause.
11219   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11220                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
11221                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11222                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
11223   /// Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause.
11224   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11225                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
11226                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11227                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
11228   /// Called on well-formed 'depobj' pseudo clause.
11229   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDepobjClause(Expr *Depobj, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11230                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11231                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
11232   /// Called on well-formed 'depend' clause.
11233   OMPClause *
11234   ActOnOpenMPDependClause(Expr *DepModifier, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind,
11235                           SourceLocation DepLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
11236                           ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11237                           SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
11238   /// Called on well-formed 'device' clause.
11239   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(OpenMPDeviceClauseModifier Modifier,
11240                                      Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11241                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11242                                      SourceLocation ModifierLoc,
11243                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
11244   /// Called on well-formed 'map' clause.
11245   OMPClause *
11246   ActOnOpenMPMapClause(ArrayRef<OpenMPMapModifierKind> MapTypeModifiers,
11247                        ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MapTypeModifiersLoc,
11248                        CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec,
11249                        DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId,
11250                        OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit,
11251                        SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
11252                        ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs,
11253                        ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None);
11254   /// Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause.
11255   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11256                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11257                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
11258   /// Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause.
11259   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit,
11260                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
11261                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11262                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
11263   /// Called on well-formed 'priority' clause.
11264   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11265                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11266                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
11267   /// Called on well-formed 'dist_schedule' clause.
11268   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDistScheduleClause(
11269       OpenMPDistScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize,
11270       SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation KindLoc,
11271       SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
11272   /// Called on well-formed 'defaultmap' clause.
11273   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultmapClause(
11274       OpenMPDefaultmapClauseModifier M, OpenMPDefaultmapClauseKind Kind,
11275       SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation MLoc,
11276       SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
11277   /// Called on well-formed 'to' clause.
11278   OMPClause *
11279   ActOnOpenMPToClause(ArrayRef<OpenMPMotionModifierKind> MotionModifiers,
11280                       ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MotionModifiersLoc,
11281                       CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec,
11282                       DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
11283                       ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs,
11284                       ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None);
11285   /// Called on well-formed 'from' clause.
11286   OMPClause *
11287   ActOnOpenMPFromClause(ArrayRef<OpenMPMotionModifierKind> MotionModifiers,
11288                         ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MotionModifiersLoc,
11289                         CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec,
11290                         DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
11291                         ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs,
11292                         ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None);
11293   /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_ptr' clause.
11294   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11295                                            const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs);
11296   /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_addr' clause.
11297   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDeviceAddrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11298                                             const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs);
11299   /// Called on well-formed 'is_device_ptr' clause.
11300   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIsDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11301                                           const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs);
11302   /// Called on well-formed 'nontemporal' clause.
11303   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNontemporalClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11304                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
11305                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11306                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
11307 
11308   /// Data for list of allocators.
11309   struct UsesAllocatorsData {
11310     /// Allocator.
11311     Expr *Allocator = nullptr;
11312     /// Allocator traits.
11313     Expr *AllocatorTraits = nullptr;
11314     /// Locations of '(' and ')' symbols.
11315     SourceLocation LParenLoc, RParenLoc;
11316   };
11317   /// Called on well-formed 'uses_allocators' clause.
11318   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUsesAllocatorClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11319                                             SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11320                                             SourceLocation EndLoc,
11321                                             ArrayRef<UsesAllocatorsData> Data);
11322   /// Called on well-formed 'affinity' clause.
11323   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAffinityClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11324                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11325                                        SourceLocation ColonLoc,
11326                                        SourceLocation EndLoc, Expr *Modifier,
11327                                        ArrayRef<Expr *> Locators);
11328 
11329   /// The kind of conversion being performed.
11330   enum CheckedConversionKind {
11331     /// An implicit conversion.
11332     CCK_ImplicitConversion,
11333     /// A C-style cast.
11334     CCK_CStyleCast,
11335     /// A functional-style cast.
11336     CCK_FunctionalCast,
11337     /// A cast other than a C-style cast.
11338     CCK_OtherCast,
11339     /// A conversion for an operand of a builtin overloaded operator.
11340     CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp
11341   };
11342 
11343   static bool isCast(CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
11344     return CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast ||
11345            CCK == CCK_OtherCast;
11346   }
11347 
11348   /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
11349   /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
11350   /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
11351   ExprResult
11352   ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
11353                     ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue,
11354                     const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
11355                     CheckedConversionKind CCK = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
11356 
11357   /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
11358   /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
11359   static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
11360 
11361   /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
11362   /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
11363   /// required.
11364   ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
11365 
11366   // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
11367   // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
11368   ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
11369 
11370   /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
11371   /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
11372   ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
11373 
11374   // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
11375   // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
11376   ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true);
11377 
11378   // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
11379   // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
11380   // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
11381   ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E,
11382                                                   bool Diagnose = true);
11383 
11384   // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
11385   // the operand. This function is a no-op if the operand has a function type
11386   // or an array type.
11387   ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
11388 
11389   // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
11390   // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
11391   // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
11392   ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
11393 
11394   /// If \p E is a prvalue denoting an unmaterialized temporary, materialize
11395   /// it as an xvalue. In C++98, the result will still be a prvalue, because
11396   /// we don't have xvalues there.
11397   ExprResult TemporaryMaterializationConversion(Expr *E);
11398 
11399   // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
11400   enum VariadicCallType {
11401     VariadicFunction,
11402     VariadicBlock,
11403     VariadicMethod,
11404     VariadicConstructor,
11405     VariadicDoesNotApply
11406   };
11407 
11408   VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
11409                                        const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
11410                                        Expr *Fn);
11411 
11412   // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
11413   // vararg function.
11414   enum VarArgKind {
11415     VAK_Valid,
11416     VAK_ValidInCXX11,
11417     VAK_Undefined,
11418     VAK_MSVCUndefined,
11419     VAK_Invalid
11420   };
11421 
11422   // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
11423   VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
11424 
11425   /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
11426   /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
11427   void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
11428 
11429   /// Check whether the given statement can have musttail applied to it,
11430   /// issuing a diagnostic and returning false if not. In the success case,
11431   /// the statement is rewritten to remove implicit nodes from the return
11432   /// value.
11433   bool checkAndRewriteMustTailAttr(Stmt *St, const Attr &MTA);
11434 
11435 private:
11436   /// Check whether the given statement can have musttail applied to it,
11437   /// issuing a diagnostic and returning false if not.
11438   bool checkMustTailAttr(const Stmt *St, const Attr &MTA);
11439 
11440 public:
11441   /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it.
11442   bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E);
11443 
11444   /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
11445   /// form of call prototypes.
11446   bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
11447                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
11448                               unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
11449                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
11450                               VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
11451                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
11452                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
11453 
11454   // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
11455   // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
11456   ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
11457                                               FunctionDecl *FDecl);
11458 
11459   /// Context in which we're performing a usual arithmetic conversion.
11460   enum ArithConvKind {
11461     /// An arithmetic operation.
11462     ACK_Arithmetic,
11463     /// A bitwise operation.
11464     ACK_BitwiseOp,
11465     /// A comparison.
11466     ACK_Comparison,
11467     /// A conditional (?:) operator.
11468     ACK_Conditional,
11469     /// A compound assignment expression.
11470     ACK_CompAssign,
11471   };
11472 
11473   // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
11474   // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
11475   // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
11476   // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
11477   // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
11478   QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11479                                       SourceLocation Loc, ArithConvKind ACK);
11480 
11481   /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
11482   /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
11483   /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
11484   /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
11485   /// source and destination type.
11486   enum AssignConvertType {
11487     /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
11488     Compatible,
11489 
11490     /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
11491     /// accept as an extension.
11492     PointerToInt,
11493 
11494     /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
11495     /// accept as an extension.
11496     IntToPointer,
11497 
11498     /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
11499     /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
11500     FunctionVoidPointer,
11501 
11502     /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
11503     /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
11504     IncompatiblePointer,
11505 
11506     /// IncompatibleFunctionPointer - The assignment is between two function
11507     /// pointers types that are not compatible, but we accept them as an
11508     /// extension.
11509     IncompatibleFunctionPointer,
11510 
11511     /// IncompatiblePointerSign - The assignment is between two pointers types
11512     /// which point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
11513     /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
11514     /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
11515     IncompatiblePointerSign,
11516 
11517     /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
11518     /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
11519     CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
11520 
11521     /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
11522     /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
11523     /// like address spaces.
11524     IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
11525 
11526     /// IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch - The assignment
11527     /// changes address spaces in nested pointer types which is not allowed.
11528     /// For instance, converting __private int ** to __generic int ** is
11529     /// illegal even though __private could be converted to __generic.
11530     IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch,
11531 
11532     /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
11533     /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
11534     /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
11535     /// extension.
11536     IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
11537 
11538     /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
11539     /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
11540     IncompatibleVectors,
11541 
11542     /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
11543     /// pointer. We disallow this.
11544     IntToBlockPointer,
11545 
11546     /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
11547     /// pointers types that are not compatible.
11548     IncompatibleBlockPointer,
11549 
11550     /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
11551     /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
11552     /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
11553     IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
11554 
11555     /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
11556     /// object with __weak qualifier.
11557     IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
11558 
11559     /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
11560     /// represent it in the AST.
11561     Incompatible
11562   };
11563 
11564   /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
11565   /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
11566   /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
11567   bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
11568                                 SourceLocation Loc,
11569                                 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
11570                                 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
11571                                 bool *Complained = nullptr);
11572 
11573   /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag
11574   /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid
11575   /// value, to be used as a mask.
11576   bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
11577                          bool AllowMask) const;
11578 
11579   /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
11580   /// integer not in the range of enum values.
11581   void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
11582                               Expr *SrcExpr);
11583 
11584   /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
11585   /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
11586   /// C99 6.5.16.
11587   AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
11588                                                QualType LHSType,
11589                                                QualType RHSType);
11590 
11591   /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of
11592   /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS
11593   /// is true.
11594   AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
11595                                                ExprResult &RHS,
11596                                                CastKind &Kind,
11597                                                bool ConvertRHS = true);
11598 
11599   /// Check assignment constraints for an assignment of RHS to LHSType.
11600   ///
11601   /// \param LHSType The destination type for the assignment.
11602   /// \param RHS The source expression for the assignment.
11603   /// \param Diagnose If \c true, diagnostics may be produced when checking
11604   ///        for assignability. If a diagnostic is produced, \p RHS will be
11605   ///        set to ExprError(). Note that this function may still return
11606   ///        without producing a diagnostic, even for an invalid assignment.
11607   /// \param DiagnoseCFAudited If \c true, the target is a function parameter
11608   ///        in an audited Core Foundation API and does not need to be checked
11609   ///        for ARC retain issues.
11610   /// \param ConvertRHS If \c true, \p RHS will be updated to model the
11611   ///        conversions necessary to perform the assignment. If \c false,
11612   ///        \p Diagnose must also be \c false.
11613   AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(
11614       QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, bool Diagnose = true,
11615       bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, bool ConvertRHS = true);
11616 
11617   // If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
11618   // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
11619   AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
11620                                                              ExprResult &RHS);
11621 
11622   bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
11623 
11624   bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
11625 
11626   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
11627                                        AssignmentAction Action,
11628                                        bool AllowExplicit = false);
11629   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
11630                                        const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
11631                                        AssignmentAction Action,
11632                                        CheckedConversionKind CCK
11633                                           = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
11634   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
11635                                        const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
11636                                        AssignmentAction Action,
11637                                        CheckedConversionKind CCK);
11638 
11639   ExprResult PerformQualificationConversion(
11640       Expr *E, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue,
11641       CheckedConversionKind CCK = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
11642 
11643   /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
11644   /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
11645 
11646   /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
11647   QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
11648                            ExprResult &RHS);
11649   QualType InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
11650                                  ExprResult &RHS);
11651   QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
11652     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
11653     SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
11654   QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
11655     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
11656     bool IsDivide);
11657   QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
11658     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
11659     bool IsCompAssign = false);
11660   QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
11661     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
11662     BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
11663   QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
11664     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
11665     QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
11666   QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
11667     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
11668     BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false);
11669   void CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(ExprResult &E, ExprResult &NullE);
11670   QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
11671       ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
11672       BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
11673   QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
11674       ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
11675       BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
11676   QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
11677     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
11678     BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
11679   // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
11680   // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
11681   // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
11682   QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
11683     Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
11684 
11685   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11686                                      UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
11687   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11688                                          BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
11689                                          Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
11690   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
11691   Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
11692 
11693   QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
11694     ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11695     ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
11696   QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
11697     ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
11698     ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
11699   QualType CheckVectorConditionalTypes(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
11700                                        ExprResult &RHS,
11701                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
11702   QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
11703                                     bool ConvertArgs = true);
11704   QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
11705                                     ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
11706                                     bool ConvertArgs = true) {
11707     Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get();
11708     QualType Composite =
11709         FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, ConvertArgs);
11710     E1 = E1Tmp;
11711     E2 = E2Tmp;
11712     return Composite;
11713   }
11714 
11715   QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11716                                         SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
11717 
11718   bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
11719                                   SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
11720 
11721   void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
11722                                     Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType,
11723                                     bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range);
11724 
11725   /// type checking for vector binary operators.
11726   QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11727                                SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
11728                                bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion);
11729   QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
11730   QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11731                                       SourceLocation Loc,
11732                                       BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
11733   QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11734                                       SourceLocation Loc);
11735 
11736   /// Type checking for matrix binary operators.
11737   QualType CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11738                                           SourceLocation Loc,
11739                                           bool IsCompAssign);
11740   QualType CheckMatrixMultiplyOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11741                                        SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
11742 
11743   bool isValidSveBitcast(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
11744 
11745   bool areMatrixTypesOfTheSameDimension(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy);
11746 
11747   bool areVectorTypesSameSize(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
11748   bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
11749   bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
11750 
11751   /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
11752   bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
11753 
11754   // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
11755 
11756   /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
11757   /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
11758   /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
11759   enum ReferenceCompareResult {
11760     /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
11761     /// reference binding is not possible.
11762     Ref_Incompatible = 0,
11763     /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
11764     /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
11765     /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
11766     Ref_Related,
11767     /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible.
11768     Ref_Compatible
11769   };
11770 
11771   // Fake up a scoped enumeration that still contextually converts to bool.
11772   struct ReferenceConversionsScope {
11773     /// The conversions that would be performed on an lvalue of type T2 when
11774     /// binding a reference of type T1 to it, as determined when evaluating
11775     /// whether T1 is reference-compatible with T2.
11776     enum ReferenceConversions {
11777       Qualification = 0x1,
11778       NestedQualification = 0x2,
11779       Function = 0x4,
11780       DerivedToBase = 0x8,
11781       ObjC = 0x10,
11782       ObjCLifetime = 0x20,
11783 
11784       LLVM_MARK_AS_BITMASK_ENUM(/*LargestValue=*/ObjCLifetime)
11785     };
11786   };
11787   using ReferenceConversions = ReferenceConversionsScope::ReferenceConversions;
11788 
11789   ReferenceCompareResult
11790   CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T1, QualType T2,
11791                                ReferenceConversions *Conv = nullptr);
11792 
11793   ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
11794                                  Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
11795                                  ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
11796 
11797   /// Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
11798   /// given type.
11799   ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
11800 
11801   /// Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
11802   /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
11803   ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
11804                                 Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
11805 
11806   // CheckMatrixCast - Check type constraints for matrix casts.
11807   // We allow casting between matrixes of the same dimensions i.e. when they
11808   // have the same number of rows and column. Returns true if the cast is
11809   // invalid.
11810   bool CheckMatrixCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy,
11811                        CastKind &Kind);
11812 
11813   // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
11814   // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
11815   // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
11816   // returns true if the cast is invalid
11817   bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
11818                        CastKind &Kind);
11819 
11820   /// Prepare `SplattedExpr` for a vector splat operation, adding
11821   /// implicit casts if necessary.
11822   ExprResult prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr);
11823 
11824   // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
11825   // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
11826   // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
11827   // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
11828   // returns the cast expr
11829   ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
11830                                 CastKind &Kind);
11831 
11832   ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType Type,
11833                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11834                                         Expr *CastExpr,
11835                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
11836 
11837   enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged, ACR_error };
11838 
11839   /// Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
11840   /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds for ARC and Weak.
11841   ARCConversionResult CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
11842                                           QualType castType, Expr *&op,
11843                                           CheckedConversionKind CCK,
11844                                           bool Diagnose = true,
11845                                           bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
11846                                           BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD
11847                                           );
11848 
11849   Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
11850   void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
11851 
11852   bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
11853                                              QualType ExprType);
11854 
11855   /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
11856   /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
11857   void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
11858   void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
11859   void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
11860 
11861   /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
11862   /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
11863   bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
11864 
11865   /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
11866   /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
11867   void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
11868 
11869   /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
11870   /// \param Method - May be null.
11871   /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
11872   /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
11873   bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(const Expr *Receiver, QualType ReceiverType,
11874                                  MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
11875                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
11876                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
11877                                  bool isSuperMessage, SourceLocation lbrac,
11878                                  SourceLocation rbrac, SourceRange RecRange,
11879                                  QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
11880 
11881   /// Determine the result of a message send expression based on
11882   /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
11883   /// and the form of the message send.
11884   QualType getMessageSendResultType(const Expr *Receiver, QualType ReceiverType,
11885                                     ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
11886                                     bool isSuperMessage);
11887 
11888   /// If the given expression involves a message send to a method
11889   /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
11890   void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
11891 
11892   /// Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
11893   /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
11894   /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
11895   void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
11896 
11897   class ConditionResult {
11898     Decl *ConditionVar;
11899     FullExprArg Condition;
11900     bool Invalid;
11901     bool HasKnownValue;
11902     bool KnownValue;
11903 
11904     friend class Sema;
11905     ConditionResult(Sema &S, Decl *ConditionVar, FullExprArg Condition,
11906                     bool IsConstexpr)
11907         : ConditionVar(ConditionVar), Condition(Condition), Invalid(false),
11908           HasKnownValue(IsConstexpr && Condition.get() &&
11909                         !Condition.get()->isValueDependent()),
11910           KnownValue(HasKnownValue &&
11911                      !!Condition.get()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context)) {}
11912     explicit ConditionResult(bool Invalid)
11913         : ConditionVar(nullptr), Condition(nullptr), Invalid(Invalid),
11914           HasKnownValue(false), KnownValue(false) {}
11915 
11916   public:
11917     ConditionResult() : ConditionResult(false) {}
11918     bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
11919     std::pair<VarDecl *, Expr *> get() const {
11920       return std::make_pair(cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ConditionVar),
11921                             Condition.get());
11922     }
11923     llvm::Optional<bool> getKnownValue() const {
11924       if (!HasKnownValue)
11925         return None;
11926       return KnownValue;
11927     }
11928   };
11929   static ConditionResult ConditionError() { return ConditionResult(true); }
11930 
11931   enum class ConditionKind {
11932     Boolean,     ///< A boolean condition, from 'if', 'while', 'for', or 'do'.
11933     ConstexprIf, ///< A constant boolean condition from 'if constexpr'.
11934     Switch       ///< An integral condition for a 'switch' statement.
11935   };
11936 
11937   ConditionResult ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
11938                                  Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK);
11939 
11940   ConditionResult ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar,
11941                                          SourceLocation StmtLoc,
11942                                          ConditionKind CK);
11943 
11944   DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
11945 
11946   ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
11947                                     SourceLocation StmtLoc,
11948                                     ConditionKind CK);
11949   ExprResult CheckSwitchCondition(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Expr *Cond);
11950 
11951   /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
11952   /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
11953   /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
11954   /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
11955   ///
11956   /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
11957   /// 'if' keyword.
11958   /// \return true iff there were any errors
11959   ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E,
11960                                    bool IsConstexpr = false);
11961 
11962   /// ActOnExplicitBoolSpecifier - Build an ExplicitSpecifier from an expression
11963   /// found in an explicit(bool) specifier.
11964   ExplicitSpecifier ActOnExplicitBoolSpecifier(Expr *E);
11965 
11966   /// tryResolveExplicitSpecifier - Attempt to resolve the explict specifier.
11967   /// Returns true if the explicit specifier is now resolved.
11968   bool tryResolveExplicitSpecifier(ExplicitSpecifier &ExplicitSpec);
11969 
11970   /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
11971   /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
11972   void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
11973 
11974   /// Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
11975   /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
11976   void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
11977 
11978   /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
11979   ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr = false);
11980 
11981   /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
11982   /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
11983   /// the specified diagnostic.
11984   void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
11985                                           unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
11986                                           SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
11987 
11988   /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
11989   /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
11990   /// in the global scope.
11991   bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
11992 
11993   /// Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
11994   /// expression violations.
11995   class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
11996   public:
11997     bool Suppress;
11998 
11999     VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
12000 
12001     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
12002     diagnoseNotICEType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
12003     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S,
12004                                                  SourceLocation Loc) = 0;
12005     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc);
12006     virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() {}
12007   };
12008 
12009   enum AllowFoldKind {
12010     NoFold,
12011     AllowFold,
12012   };
12013 
12014   /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
12015   /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
12016   /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
12017   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
12018                                              VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
12019                                              AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold);
12020   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
12021                                              unsigned DiagID,
12022                                              AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold);
12023   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
12024                                              llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr,
12025                                              AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold);
12026   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
12027                                              AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold) {
12028     return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, nullptr, CanFold);
12029   }
12030 
12031   /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
12032   /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
12033   /// Returns false on success.
12034   /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
12035   ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
12036                             QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
12037                             Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr);
12038 
12039 private:
12040   unsigned ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth = 0;
12041 
12042 public:
12043   /// Increments our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing
12044   /// functions to be __host__ __device__.  So long as this count is greater
12045   /// than zero, all functions encountered will be __host__ __device__.
12046   void PushForceCUDAHostDevice();
12047 
12048   /// Decrements our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing
12049   /// functions to be __host__ __device__.  Returns false if the count is 0
12050   /// before incrementing, so you can emit an error.
12051   bool PopForceCUDAHostDevice();
12052 
12053   /// Diagnostics that are emitted only if we discover that the given function
12054   /// must be codegen'ed.  Because handling these correctly adds overhead to
12055   /// compilation, this is currently only enabled for CUDA compilations.
12056   llvm::DenseMap<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>,
12057                  std::vector<PartialDiagnosticAt>>
12058       DeviceDeferredDiags;
12059 
12060   /// A pair of a canonical FunctionDecl and a SourceLocation.  When used as the
12061   /// key in a hashtable, both the FD and location are hashed.
12062   struct FunctionDeclAndLoc {
12063     CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl> FD;
12064     SourceLocation Loc;
12065   };
12066 
12067   /// FunctionDecls and SourceLocations for which CheckCUDACall has emitted a
12068   /// (maybe deferred) "bad call" diagnostic.  We use this to avoid emitting the
12069   /// same deferred diag twice.
12070   llvm::DenseSet<FunctionDeclAndLoc> LocsWithCUDACallDiags;
12071 
12072   /// An inverse call graph, mapping known-emitted functions to one of their
12073   /// known-emitted callers (plus the location of the call).
12074   ///
12075   /// Functions that we can tell a priori must be emitted aren't added to this
12076   /// map.
12077   llvm::DenseMap</* Callee = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>,
12078                  /* Caller = */ FunctionDeclAndLoc>
12079       DeviceKnownEmittedFns;
12080 
12081   /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current
12082   /// context is "used as device code".
12083   ///
12084   /// - If CurContext is a __host__ function, does not emit any diagnostics
12085   ///   unless \p EmitOnBothSides is true.
12086   /// - If CurContext is a __device__ or __global__ function, emits the
12087   ///   diagnostics immediately.
12088   /// - If CurContext is a __host__ __device__ function and we are compiling for
12089   ///   the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we realize
12090   ///   that the function will be codegen'ed.
12091   ///
12092   /// Example usage:
12093   ///
12094   ///  // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in CUDA device code.
12095   ///  if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_cuda_vla) << CurrentCUDATarget())
12096   ///    return ExprError();
12097   ///  // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal.
12098   SemaDiagnosticBuilder CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc,
12099                                              unsigned DiagID);
12100 
12101   /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current
12102   /// context is "used as host code".
12103   ///
12104   /// Same as CUDADiagIfDeviceCode, with "host" and "device" switched.
12105   SemaDiagnosticBuilder CUDADiagIfHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
12106 
12107   /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current
12108   /// context is "used as device code".
12109   ///
12110   /// - If CurContext is a `declare target` function or it is known that the
12111   /// function is emitted for the device, emits the diagnostics immediately.
12112   /// - If CurContext is a non-`declare target` function and we are compiling
12113   ///   for the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we
12114   ///   realize that the function will be codegen'ed.
12115   ///
12116   /// Example usage:
12117   ///
12118   ///  // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in NVPTX device code.
12119   ///  if (diagIfOpenMPDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_vla_unsupported))
12120   ///    return ExprError();
12121   ///  // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal.
12122   SemaDiagnosticBuilder
12123   diagIfOpenMPDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, FunctionDecl *FD);
12124 
12125   /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current
12126   /// context is "used as host code".
12127   ///
12128   /// - If CurContext is a `declare target` function or it is known that the
12129   /// function is emitted for the host, emits the diagnostics immediately.
12130   /// - If CurContext is a non-host function, just ignore it.
12131   ///
12132   /// Example usage:
12133   ///
12134   ///  // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in NVPTX device code.
12135   ///  if (diagIfOpenMPHostode(Loc, diag::err_vla_unsupported))
12136   ///    return ExprError();
12137   ///  // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal.
12138   SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagIfOpenMPHostCode(SourceLocation Loc,
12139                                              unsigned DiagID, FunctionDecl *FD);
12140 
12141   SemaDiagnosticBuilder targetDiag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID,
12142                                    FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
12143   SemaDiagnosticBuilder targetDiag(SourceLocation Loc,
12144                                    const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
12145                                    FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr) {
12146     return targetDiag(Loc, PD.getDiagID(), FD) << PD;
12147   }
12148 
12149   /// Check if the expression is allowed to be used in expressions for the
12150   /// offloading devices.
12151   void checkDeviceDecl(ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc);
12152 
12153   enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
12154     CFT_Device,
12155     CFT_Global,
12156     CFT_Host,
12157     CFT_HostDevice,
12158     CFT_InvalidTarget
12159   };
12160 
12161   /// Determines whether the given function is a CUDA device/host/kernel/etc.
12162   /// function.
12163   ///
12164   /// Use this rather than examining the function's attributes yourself -- you
12165   /// will get it wrong.  Returns CFT_Host if D is null.
12166   CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D,
12167                                         bool IgnoreImplicitHDAttr = false);
12168   CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs);
12169 
12170   enum CUDAVariableTarget {
12171     CVT_Device,  /// Emitted on device side with a shadow variable on host side
12172     CVT_Host,    /// Emitted on host side only
12173     CVT_Both,    /// Emitted on both sides with different addresses
12174     CVT_Unified, /// Emitted as a unified address, e.g. managed variables
12175   };
12176   /// Determines whether the given variable is emitted on host or device side.
12177   CUDAVariableTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const VarDecl *D);
12178 
12179   /// Gets the CUDA target for the current context.
12180   CUDAFunctionTarget CurrentCUDATarget() {
12181     return IdentifyCUDATarget(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext));
12182   }
12183 
12184   static bool isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(const FunctionDecl *D);
12185 
12186   // CUDA function call preference. Must be ordered numerically from
12187   // worst to best.
12188   enum CUDAFunctionPreference {
12189     CFP_Never,      // Invalid caller/callee combination.
12190     CFP_WrongSide,  // Calls from host-device to host or device
12191                     // function that do not match current compilation
12192                     // mode.
12193     CFP_HostDevice, // Any calls to host/device functions.
12194     CFP_SameSide,   // Calls from host-device to host or device
12195                     // function matching current compilation mode.
12196     CFP_Native,     // host-to-host or device-to-device calls.
12197   };
12198 
12199   /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee
12200   /// combination, based on their host/device attributes.
12201   /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee.
12202   ///               nullptr in case of global context.
12203   /// \param Callee target function
12204   ///
12205   /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination.
12206   CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
12207                                                 const FunctionDecl *Callee);
12208 
12209   /// Determines whether Caller may invoke Callee, based on their CUDA
12210   /// host/device attributes.  Returns false if the call is not allowed.
12211   ///
12212   /// Note: Will return true for CFP_WrongSide calls.  These may appear in
12213   /// semantically correct CUDA programs, but only if they're never codegen'ed.
12214   bool IsAllowedCUDACall(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
12215                          const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
12216     return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Callee) != CFP_Never;
12217   }
12218 
12219   /// May add implicit CUDAHostAttr and CUDADeviceAttr attributes to FD,
12220   /// depending on FD and the current compilation settings.
12221   void maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD,
12222                                    const LookupResult &Previous);
12223 
12224   /// May add implicit CUDAConstantAttr attribute to VD, depending on VD
12225   /// and current compilation settings.
12226   void MaybeAddCUDAConstantAttr(VarDecl *VD);
12227 
12228 public:
12229   /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context.
12230   ///
12231   /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program
12232   ///   (CFP_Never), emits an error and returns false.
12233   ///
12234   /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if
12235   ///   it's never codegen'ed (CFP_WrongSide), creates a deferred diagnostic to
12236   ///   be emitted if and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true.
12237   ///
12238   ///   Will only create deferred diagnostics for a given SourceLocation once,
12239   ///   so you can safely call this multiple times without generating duplicate
12240   ///   deferred errors.
12241   ///
12242   /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics.
12243   bool CheckCUDACall(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee);
12244 
12245   void CUDACheckLambdaCapture(CXXMethodDecl *D, const sema::Capture &Capture);
12246 
12247   /// Set __device__ or __host__ __device__ attributes on the given lambda
12248   /// operator() method.
12249   ///
12250   /// CUDA lambdas by default is host device function unless it has explicit
12251   /// host or device attribute.
12252   void CUDASetLambdaAttrs(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
12253 
12254   /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority
12255   /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower
12256   /// calling priority.
12257   void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(
12258       const FunctionDecl *Caller,
12259       SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches);
12260 
12261   /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the
12262   /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members.
12263   /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created.
12264   /// \param CSM the kind of special member.
12265   /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself.
12266   /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on
12267   ///        its RHS.
12268   /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics.
12269   /// \return true if there was an error inferring.
12270   /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to
12271   /// the member declaration.
12272   bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
12273                                                CXXSpecialMember CSM,
12274                                                CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl,
12275                                                bool ConstRHS,
12276                                                bool Diagnose);
12277 
12278   /// \return true if \p CD can be considered empty according to CUDA
12279   /// (E.2.3.1 in CUDA 7.5 Programming guide).
12280   bool isEmptyCudaConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
12281   bool isEmptyCudaDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXDestructorDecl *CD);
12282 
12283   // \brief Checks that initializers of \p Var satisfy CUDA restrictions. In
12284   // case of error emits appropriate diagnostic and invalidates \p Var.
12285   //
12286   // \details CUDA allows only empty constructors as initializers for global
12287   // variables (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 7.5). The same restriction also applies to all
12288   // __shared__ variables whether they are local or not (they all are implicitly
12289   // static in CUDA). One exception is that CUDA allows constant initializers
12290   // for __constant__ and __device__ variables.
12291   void checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VarDecl *VD);
12292 
12293   /// Check whether NewFD is a valid overload for CUDA. Emits
12294   /// diagnostics and invalidates NewFD if not.
12295   void checkCUDATargetOverload(FunctionDecl *NewFD,
12296                                const LookupResult &Previous);
12297   /// Copies target attributes from the template TD to the function FD.
12298   void inheritCUDATargetAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionTemplateDecl &TD);
12299 
12300   /// Returns the name of the launch configuration function.  This is the name
12301   /// of the function that will be called to configure kernel call, with the
12302   /// parameters specified via <<<>>>.
12303   std::string getCudaConfigureFuncName() const;
12304 
12305   /// \name Code completion
12306   //@{
12307   /// Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
12308   enum ParserCompletionContext {
12309     /// Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
12310     PCC_Namespace,
12311     /// Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
12312     PCC_Class,
12313     /// Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
12314     /// or category.
12315     PCC_ObjCInterface,
12316     /// Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
12317     /// category implementation
12318     PCC_ObjCImplementation,
12319     /// Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
12320     /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
12321     PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
12322     /// Code completion occurs following one or more template
12323     /// headers.
12324     PCC_Template,
12325     /// Code completion occurs following one or more template
12326     /// headers within a class.
12327     PCC_MemberTemplate,
12328     /// Code completion occurs within an expression.
12329     PCC_Expression,
12330     /// Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
12331     /// also be an expression or a declaration.
12332     PCC_Statement,
12333     /// Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
12334     /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
12335     PCC_ForInit,
12336     /// Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
12337     /// while, switch, or for statement.
12338     PCC_Condition,
12339     /// Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
12340     /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
12341     /// in the grammar.
12342     PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
12343     /// Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
12344     PCC_Type,
12345     /// Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
12346     /// might also be a type cast.
12347     PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
12348     /// Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
12349     /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
12350     PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
12351   };
12352 
12353   void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
12354   void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
12355                                 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
12356   void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
12357                             bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
12358                             bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
12359 
12360   struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
12361   void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
12362                               const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
12363   void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, QualType PreferredType,
12364                               bool IsParenthesized = false);
12365   void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, Expr *OtherOpBase,
12366                                        SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
12367                                        bool IsBaseExprStatement,
12368                                        QualType PreferredType);
12369   void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS,
12370                                      QualType PreferredType);
12371   void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
12372   void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
12373   void CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D,
12374                                       const VirtSpecifiers *VS = nullptr);
12375   void CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S);
12376   void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
12377   /// Determines the preferred type of the current function argument, by
12378   /// examining the signatures of all possible overloads.
12379   /// Returns null if unknown or ambiguous, or if code completion is off.
12380   ///
12381   /// If the code completion point has been reached, also reports the function
12382   /// signatures that were considered.
12383   ///
12384   /// FIXME: rename to GuessCallArgumentType to reduce confusion.
12385   QualType ProduceCallSignatureHelp(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
12386                                     SourceLocation OpenParLoc);
12387   QualType ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(Scope *S, QualType Type,
12388                                            SourceLocation Loc,
12389                                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
12390                                            SourceLocation OpenParLoc);
12391   QualType ProduceCtorInitMemberSignatureHelp(Scope *S, Decl *ConstructorDecl,
12392                                               CXXScopeSpec SS,
12393                                               ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
12394                                               ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs,
12395                                               IdentifierInfo *II,
12396                                               SourceLocation OpenParLoc);
12397   void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
12398   /// Trigger code completion for a record of \p BaseType. \p InitExprs are
12399   /// expressions in the initializer list seen so far and \p D is the current
12400   /// Designation being parsed.
12401   void CodeCompleteDesignator(const QualType BaseType,
12402                               llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> InitExprs,
12403                               const Designation &D);
12404   void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S, bool IsBracedThen);
12405 
12406   void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, bool EnteringContext,
12407                                bool IsUsingDeclaration, QualType BaseType,
12408                                QualType PreferredType);
12409   void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
12410   void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
12411   void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
12412   void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
12413   void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
12414   void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
12415                                 Decl *Constructor,
12416                                 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
12417 
12418   void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
12419                                     bool AfterAmpersand);
12420   void CodeCompleteAfterFunctionEquals(Declarator &D);
12421 
12422   void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
12423   void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
12424   void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
12425   void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
12426   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
12427   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
12428   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
12429   void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
12430                                    bool IsParameter);
12431   void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
12432   void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
12433                                     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
12434                                     bool AtArgumentExpression);
12435   void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
12436                                     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
12437                                     bool AtArgumentExpression,
12438                                     bool IsSuper = false);
12439   void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
12440                                        ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
12441                                        bool AtArgumentExpression,
12442                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr);
12443   void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
12444                                      DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
12445   void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
12446                                 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
12447   void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(
12448                                          ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols);
12449   void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
12450   void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
12451   void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
12452                                   IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
12453                                   SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
12454   void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
12455   void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
12456                                          IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
12457                                          SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
12458   void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
12459                                               IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
12460                                               SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
12461   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
12462   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
12463                                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
12464   void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, Optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod,
12465                                   ParsedType ReturnType);
12466   void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
12467                                           bool IsInstanceMethod,
12468                                           bool AtParameterName,
12469                                           ParsedType ReturnType,
12470                                           ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
12471   void CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo &ClassName,
12472                                             SourceLocation ClassNameLoc,
12473                                             bool IsBaseExprStatement);
12474   void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
12475   void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
12476   void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
12477   void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
12478   void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
12479                                              IdentifierInfo *Macro,
12480                                              MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
12481                                              unsigned Argument);
12482   void CodeCompleteIncludedFile(llvm::StringRef Dir, bool IsAngled);
12483   void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
12484   void CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName();
12485   void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
12486                                    CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
12487                   SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
12488   //@}
12489 
12490   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12491   // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
12492 
12493 public:
12494   SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
12495                                                 unsigned ByteNo) const;
12496 
12497 private:
12498   void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
12499                         const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr,
12500                         bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
12501   void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
12502   // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
12503   // FunctionDeclaration.
12504   struct FormatStringInfo {
12505     unsigned FormatIdx;
12506     unsigned FirstDataArg;
12507     bool HasVAListArg;
12508   };
12509 
12510   static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
12511                                   FormatStringInfo *FSI);
12512   bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
12513                          const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
12514   bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
12515                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
12516   bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
12517                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
12518   bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
12519   void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, QualType ThisType,
12520                             ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
12521                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto, SourceLocation Loc);
12522 
12523   void CheckArgAlignment(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *FDecl,
12524                          StringRef ParamName, QualType ArgTy, QualType ParamTy);
12525 
12526   void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
12527                  const Expr *ThisArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
12528                  bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
12529                  VariadicCallType CallType);
12530 
12531   bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
12532   ExprResult CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg);
12533 
12534   ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
12535                                       unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12536 
12537   bool CheckTSBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
12538                                   CallExpr *TheCall);
12539 
12540   void checkFortifiedBuiltinMemoryFunction(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *TheCall);
12541 
12542   bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
12543                                     unsigned MaxWidth);
12544   bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
12545                                     CallExpr *TheCall);
12546   bool CheckMVEBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12547   bool CheckSVEBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12548   bool CheckCDEBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
12549                                    CallExpr *TheCall);
12550   bool CheckARMCoprocessorImmediate(const TargetInfo &TI, const Expr *CoprocArg,
12551                                     bool WantCDE);
12552   bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
12553                                    CallExpr *TheCall);
12554 
12555   bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
12556                                        CallExpr *TheCall);
12557   bool CheckBPFBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12558   bool CheckHexagonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12559   bool CheckHexagonBuiltinArgument(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12560   bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
12561                                     CallExpr *TheCall);
12562   bool CheckMipsBuiltinCpu(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
12563                            CallExpr *TheCall);
12564   bool CheckMipsBuiltinArgument(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12565   bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12566   bool CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12567   bool CheckX86BuiltinGatherScatterScale(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12568   bool CheckX86BuiltinTileArguments(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12569   bool CheckX86BuiltinTileArgumentsRange(CallExpr *TheCall,
12570                                          ArrayRef<int> ArgNums);
12571   bool CheckX86BuiltinTileDuplicate(CallExpr *TheCall, ArrayRef<int> ArgNums);
12572   bool CheckX86BuiltinTileRangeAndDuplicate(CallExpr *TheCall,
12573                                             ArrayRef<int> ArgNums);
12574   bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
12575                                    CallExpr *TheCall);
12576   bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
12577                                    CallExpr *TheCall);
12578   bool CheckAMDGCNBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12579   bool CheckRISCVLMUL(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned ArgNum);
12580   bool CheckRISCVBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
12581                                      CallExpr *TheCall);
12582 
12583   bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12584   bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARMMicrosoft(CallExpr *Call);
12585   bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
12586   bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
12587   bool SemaBuiltinComplex(CallExpr *TheCall);
12588   bool SemaBuiltinVSX(CallExpr *TheCall);
12589   bool SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall);
12590   bool SemaValueIsRunOfOnes(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned ArgNum);
12591 
12592 public:
12593   // Used by C++ template instantiation.
12594   ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
12595   ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12596                                    SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
12597                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc);
12598 
12599 private:
12600   bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
12601   bool SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall);
12602   bool SemaBuiltinArithmeticFence(CallExpr *TheCall);
12603   bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall);
12604   bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall);
12605   bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
12606   bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
12607   ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
12608   ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
12609   ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
12610                                      AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
12611   ExprResult SemaBuiltinOperatorNewDeleteOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
12612                                                     bool IsDelete);
12613   bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
12614                               llvm::APSInt &Result);
12615   bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, int Low,
12616                                    int High, bool RangeIsError = true);
12617   bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
12618                                       unsigned Multiple);
12619   bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgPower2(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum);
12620   bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgShiftedByte(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
12621                                          unsigned ArgBits);
12622   bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgShiftedByteOrXXFF(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
12623                                                unsigned ArgBits);
12624   bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
12625                                 int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum,
12626                                 bool AllowName);
12627   bool SemaBuiltinARMMemoryTaggingCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12628   bool SemaBuiltinPPCMMACall(CallExpr *TheCall, const char *TypeDesc);
12629 
12630   bool CheckPPCMMAType(QualType Type, SourceLocation TypeLoc);
12631 
12632   // Matrix builtin handling.
12633   ExprResult SemaBuiltinMatrixTranspose(CallExpr *TheCall,
12634                                         ExprResult CallResult);
12635   ExprResult SemaBuiltinMatrixColumnMajorLoad(CallExpr *TheCall,
12636                                               ExprResult CallResult);
12637   ExprResult SemaBuiltinMatrixColumnMajorStore(CallExpr *TheCall,
12638                                                ExprResult CallResult);
12639 
12640 public:
12641   enum FormatStringType {
12642     FST_Scanf,
12643     FST_Printf,
12644     FST_NSString,
12645     FST_Strftime,
12646     FST_Strfmon,
12647     FST_Kprintf,
12648     FST_FreeBSDKPrintf,
12649     FST_OSTrace,
12650     FST_OSLog,
12651     FST_Unknown
12652   };
12653   static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
12654 
12655   bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr);
12656 
12657   static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx);
12658 
12659 private:
12660   bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
12661                             ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
12662                             bool IsCXXMember,
12663                             VariadicCallType CallType,
12664                             SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
12665                             llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
12666   bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
12667                             bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
12668                             unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
12669                             VariadicCallType CallType,
12670                             SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
12671                             llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
12672 
12673   void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
12674                                   const FunctionDecl *FDecl);
12675 
12676   void CheckMaxUnsignedZero(const CallExpr *Call, const FunctionDecl *FDecl);
12677 
12678   void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
12679                                unsigned BId,
12680                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
12681 
12682   void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
12683                                 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
12684 
12685   void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
12686                              IdentifierInfo *FnName);
12687 
12688   void CheckFreeArguments(const CallExpr *E);
12689 
12690   void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
12691                           SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
12692                           bool isObjCMethod = false,
12693                           const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr,
12694                           const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
12695 
12696 public:
12697   void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
12698 
12699 private:
12700   void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
12701   void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
12702   void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
12703   void CheckUnsequencedOperations(const Expr *E);
12704 
12705   /// Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
12706   /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
12707   void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
12708                           bool IsConstexpr = false);
12709 
12710   void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
12711                                    Expr *Init);
12712 
12713   /// Check if there is a field shadowing.
12714   void CheckShadowInheritedFields(const SourceLocation &Loc,
12715                                   DeclarationName FieldName,
12716                                   const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
12717                                   bool DeclIsField = true);
12718 
12719   /// Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue'
12720   /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC.
12721   void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E);
12722 
12723   /// Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which
12724   /// attempts to add itself into the container
12725   void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message);
12726 
12727   void CheckTCBEnforcement(const CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionDecl *Callee);
12728 
12729   void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
12730   void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
12731                                  bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
12732 public:
12733   /// Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
12734   void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
12735                                   uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
12736                                   bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
12737 
12738   struct TypeTagData {
12739     TypeTagData() {}
12740 
12741     TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
12742         Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
12743         MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
12744     {}
12745 
12746     QualType Type;
12747 
12748     /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
12749     /// layout-compatibility.
12750     unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
12751     unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
12752   };
12753 
12754   /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
12755   /// identifies the magic value.
12756   typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
12757 
12758 private:
12759   /// A map from magic value to type information.
12760   std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>>
12761       TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
12762 
12763   /// Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
12764   /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
12765   void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
12766                                 const ArrayRef<const Expr *> ExprArgs,
12767                                 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
12768 
12769   /// Check if we are taking the address of a packed field
12770   /// as this may be a problem if the pointer value is dereferenced.
12771   void CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs);
12772 
12773   /// The parser's current scope.
12774   ///
12775   /// The parser maintains this state here.
12776   Scope *CurScope;
12777 
12778   mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
12779   mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
12780 
12781   /// Nullability type specifiers.
12782   IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr;
12783   IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr;
12784   IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable_result = nullptr;
12785   IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr;
12786 
12787   IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr;
12788 
12789   /// The handler for the FileChanged preprocessor events.
12790   ///
12791   /// Used for diagnostics that implement custom semantic analysis for #include
12792   /// directives, like -Wpragma-pack.
12793   sema::SemaPPCallbacks *SemaPPCallbackHandler;
12794 
12795 protected:
12796   friend class Parser;
12797   friend class InitializationSequence;
12798   friend class ASTReader;
12799   friend class ASTDeclReader;
12800   friend class ASTWriter;
12801 
12802 public:
12803   /// Retrieve the keyword associated
12804   IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability);
12805 
12806   /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer.
12807   RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr;
12808   bool isCFError(RecordDecl *D);
12809 
12810   /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError".
12811   IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent();
12812 
12813   /// Retrieve the parser's current scope.
12814   ///
12815   /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
12816   /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
12817   /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
12818   /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
12819   /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
12820   /// template substitution or instantiation.
12821   Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
12822 
12823   void incrementMSManglingNumber() const {
12824     return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber();
12825   }
12826 
12827   IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
12828   IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
12829 
12830   Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
12831 
12832   DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
12833     return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
12834   }
12835 
12836   const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
12837     const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
12838     // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
12839     if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
12840       DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
12841     return DC;
12842   }
12843 
12844   /// Determine the number of levels of enclosing template parameters. This is
12845   /// only usable while parsing. Note that this does not include dependent
12846   /// contexts in which no template parameters have yet been declared, such as
12847   /// in a terse function template or generic lambda before the first 'auto' is
12848   /// encountered.
12849   unsigned getTemplateDepth(Scope *S) const;
12850 
12851   /// To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to
12852   /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it.
12853   static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs,
12854                                bool PartialOverloading = false) {
12855     // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion.
12856     if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading)
12857       return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument.
12858     return NumArgs > NumParams;
12859   }
12860 
12861   // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class
12862   // (including field initializers) is fully parsed.
12863   SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses;
12864   SmallVector<CXXMethodDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportMemberFunctions;
12865 
12866 private:
12867   int ParsingClassDepth = 0;
12868 
12869   class SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII {
12870   public:
12871     SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S) { swapSavedState(); }
12872 
12873     ~SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII() {
12874       assert(S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&
12875              "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks");
12876       assert(S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&
12877              "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks");
12878       swapSavedState();
12879     }
12880 
12881   private:
12882     Sema &S;
12883     decltype(DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks)
12884         SavedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks;
12885     decltype(DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks)
12886         SavedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks;
12887 
12888     void swapSavedState() {
12889       SavedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.swap(
12890           S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks);
12891       SavedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.swap(
12892           S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks);
12893     }
12894   };
12895 
12896   /// Helper class that collects misaligned member designations and
12897   /// their location info for delayed diagnostics.
12898   struct MisalignedMember {
12899     Expr *E;
12900     RecordDecl *RD;
12901     ValueDecl *MD;
12902     CharUnits Alignment;
12903 
12904     MisalignedMember() : E(), RD(), MD(), Alignment() {}
12905     MisalignedMember(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
12906                      CharUnits Alignment)
12907         : E(E), RD(RD), MD(MD), Alignment(Alignment) {}
12908     explicit MisalignedMember(Expr *E)
12909         : MisalignedMember(E, nullptr, nullptr, CharUnits()) {}
12910 
12911     bool operator==(const MisalignedMember &m) { return this->E == m.E; }
12912   };
12913   /// Small set of gathered accesses to potentially misaligned members
12914   /// due to the packed attribute.
12915   SmallVector<MisalignedMember, 4> MisalignedMembers;
12916 
12917   /// Adds an expression to the set of gathered misaligned members.
12918   void AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
12919                                      CharUnits Alignment);
12920 
12921 public:
12922   /// Diagnoses the current set of gathered accesses. This typically
12923   /// happens at full expression level. The set is cleared after emitting the
12924   /// diagnostics.
12925   void DiagnoseMisalignedMembers();
12926 
12927   /// This function checks if the expression is in the sef of potentially
12928   /// misaligned members and it is converted to some pointer type T with lower
12929   /// or equal alignment requirements. If so it removes it. This is used when
12930   /// we do not want to diagnose such misaligned access (e.g. in conversions to
12931   /// void*).
12932   void DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E);
12933 
12934   /// This function calls Action when it determines that E designates a
12935   /// misaligned member due to the packed attribute. This is used to emit
12936   /// local diagnostics like in reference binding.
12937   void RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
12938       Expr *E,
12939       llvm::function_ref<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, FieldDecl *, CharUnits)>
12940           Action);
12941 
12942   /// Describes the reason a calling convention specification was ignored, used
12943   /// for diagnostics.
12944   enum class CallingConventionIgnoredReason {
12945     ForThisTarget = 0,
12946     VariadicFunction,
12947     ConstructorDestructor,
12948     BuiltinFunction
12949   };
12950   /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current
12951   /// context is "used as device code".
12952   ///
12953   /// - If CurLexicalContext is a kernel function or it is known that the
12954   ///   function will be emitted for the device, emits the diagnostics
12955   ///   immediately.
12956   /// - If CurLexicalContext is a function and we are compiling
12957   ///   for the device, but we don't know that this function will be codegen'ed
12958   ///   for devive yet, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we
12959   ///   realize that the function will be codegen'ed.
12960   ///
12961   /// Example usage:
12962   ///
12963   /// Diagnose __float128 type usage only from SYCL device code if the current
12964   /// target doesn't support it
12965   /// if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFloat128Type() &&
12966   ///     S.getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice)
12967   ///   SYCLDiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_type_unsupported) << "__float128";
12968   SemaDiagnosticBuilder SYCLDiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc,
12969                                              unsigned DiagID);
12970 
12971   /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context.
12972   ///
12973   /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program
12974   ///   emits an error and returns false.
12975   ///
12976   /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if
12977   ///   it's never codegen'ed, creates a deferred diagnostic to be emitted if
12978   ///   and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true.
12979   ///
12980   /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics.
12981   ///
12982   /// Adds Callee to DeviceCallGraph if we don't know if its caller will be
12983   /// codegen'ed yet.
12984   bool checkSYCLDeviceFunction(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee);
12985 };
12986 
12987 /// RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
12988 class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
12989   Sema &Actions;
12990   bool Entered = true;
12991 
12992 public:
12993   EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(
12994       Sema &Actions, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
12995       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
12996       Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext =
12997           Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other,
12998       bool ShouldEnter = true)
12999       : Actions(Actions), Entered(ShouldEnter) {
13000     if (Entered)
13001       Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
13002                                               ExprContext);
13003   }
13004   EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(
13005       Sema &Actions, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
13006       Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
13007       Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext =
13008           Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other)
13009       : Actions(Actions) {
13010     Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
13011         NewContext, Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, ExprContext);
13012   }
13013 
13014   enum InitListTag { InitList };
13015   EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, InitListTag,
13016                                    bool ShouldEnter = true)
13017       : Actions(Actions), Entered(false) {
13018     // In C++11 onwards, narrowing checks are performed on the contents of
13019     // braced-init-lists, even when they occur within unevaluated operands.
13020     // Therefore we still need to instantiate constexpr functions used in such
13021     // a context.
13022     if (ShouldEnter && Actions.isUnevaluatedContext() &&
13023         Actions.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
13024       Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
13025           Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList);
13026       Entered = true;
13027     }
13028   }
13029 
13030   ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
13031     if (Entered)
13032       Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
13033   }
13034 };
13035 
13036 DeductionFailureInfo
13037 MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
13038                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
13039 
13040 /// Contains a late templated function.
13041 /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
13042 struct LateParsedTemplate {
13043   CachedTokens Toks;
13044   /// The template function declaration to be late parsed.
13045   Decl *D;
13046 };
13047 
13048 template <>
13049 void Sema::PragmaStack<Sema::AlignPackInfo>::Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
13050                                                  PragmaMsStackAction Action,
13051                                                  llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
13052                                                  AlignPackInfo Value);
13053 
13054 } // end namespace clang
13055 
13056 namespace llvm {
13057 // Hash a FunctionDeclAndLoc by looking at both its FunctionDecl and its
13058 // SourceLocation.
13059 template <> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc> {
13060   using FunctionDeclAndLoc = clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc;
13061   using FDBaseInfo = DenseMapInfo<clang::CanonicalDeclPtr<clang::FunctionDecl>>;
13062 
13063   static FunctionDeclAndLoc getEmptyKey() {
13064     return {FDBaseInfo::getEmptyKey(), clang::SourceLocation()};
13065   }
13066 
13067   static FunctionDeclAndLoc getTombstoneKey() {
13068     return {FDBaseInfo::getTombstoneKey(), clang::SourceLocation()};
13069   }
13070 
13071   static unsigned getHashValue(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &FDL) {
13072     return hash_combine(FDBaseInfo::getHashValue(FDL.FD),
13073                         FDL.Loc.getHashValue());
13074   }
13075 
13076   static bool isEqual(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &LHS,
13077                       const FunctionDeclAndLoc &RHS) {
13078     return LHS.FD == RHS.FD && LHS.Loc == RHS.Loc;
13079   }
13080 };
13081 } // namespace llvm
13082 
13083 #endif
13084